ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (150)
  • English  (150)
  • Danish
  • Italian
  • 2020-2024  (98)
  • 1960-1964  (52)
  • AWI Library  (150)
Collection
  • Books  (150)
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: M 93.0087/1 ; AWI G2-96-0026 ; MOP 34194
    In: The sea ; 1, Vol. 1
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 864 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 1. publ.
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. - SECTION I. FUNDAMENTALS. - 1. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF SEA-WATER / BY N. P. FOFONOFF. - 1. The equilibrium thermodynamic state. - 2. Equation of state for sea-water. - 3. Entropy. - 4. Chemical potential difference. - 5. The non-equilibrium state. - 6. Other physical properties of sea-water. - 2. THE EQUATIONS OF MOTION OF SEA-WATER / BY CARL ECKART. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Thermodynamics. - 3. Hydrodynamics. - 4. The irreversible processes. - 5. Transformation of the equation. - 6. The zeroth approximation. - 7. The first approximation. - 8. Definitions related to convective motion. - 9. The field equations. - SECTION II. INTERCHANGE OF PROPERTIES BETWEEN SEA AND AIR. - 3. SMALL-SCALE INTERACTIONS / BY E. L. DEACON AND E. K. WEBB. - 1. General considerations of transfer. - 2. Momentum transfer and the wind-profile. - 3. Drag coefficients of the sea surface. - 4. Transfer of heat and water vapour. - 4. LARGE-SCALE INTERACTIONS / BY JOANNE S. MALKUS. - 1. Introduction. - 2. How the whole system works. - 3. Determination of air-sea fluxes. - 4. Climatology of energy exchange and the global heat and water budgets. - 5. Heat and water exchange and its role in tropical circulations. - 6. Large-scale momentum relations. - 7. Exchange mechanisms and fluctuations. - 8. Exchange fluctuations in mid-latitudes and long-period interaction anomalies. - 9. Concluding remarks. - 5. INSOLUBLES / BY R. W. REX AND E. D. GOLDBERG. - 1. Meteorology of transport. - 2. Eolian materials in marine sediments. - 6. SOLUBLES / BY A. H. WOODCOCK. - 7. GASES / BY R. REVELLE AND H. E. SUESS. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Oxygen and nitrogen. - 3. Rare gases. - 4. Carbon dioxide. - SECTION III. DYNAMICS OF OCEAN CURRENTS / BY N. P. FOFONOFF. - 1. Conservation equations for momentum and mass. - 2. Separation into steady and time-dependent motion. - 3. Magnitude of forces. - 4. Steady-state circulation. - 5. Steady inertial circulation. - 6. Convective circulation. - 7. Time-dependent motion. - SECTION IV. TRANSMISSION OF ENERGY WITHIN THE SEA. - 8. LIGHT / BY J. E. TYLER AND R. W. PREISENDORFER. - 1. Physical constructs. - 2. Instrumentation for the measurement of the underwater light field and the determination of the optical properties of the sea. - 3. Radiance distribution. - 4. Attenuation coefficient. - 5. Volume scattering functions and total scattering coefficient. - 6. Irradiance. - 7. Diffuse attenuation function and reflectance function. - 8. Scalar irradiance (spherical irradiance). - 9. Absorption coefficient. - 10. Path function. - 11. Data. - 12. Applications. - 13. List of symbols. - 9. UNDERWATER VISIBILITY / BY S. Q. DUNTLEY. - 1. Image transmission. - 2. Inherent contrast. - 3. Sighting range. - 10. LIGHT AND ANIMAL LIFE / BY G. L. CLARKE AND E. J. DENTON. - 11. OTHER ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION / BY L. N. LIEBERMANN. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Electromagnetic properties of sea-water. - 3. Propagation through sea-water. - 4. The effect of the sea-surface on electromagnetic propagation. - 5. Natural electromagnetic radiation or "noise" in the sea. - 12. SOUND IN THE SEA / BY P. VIGOUREUX and J. B. HERSEY. - 1. The nature of sound. - 2. Propagation of sound in water. - 3. Noise. - 4. Instruments and applications of sound to oceanography. - 13. SOUND SCATTERING BY MARINE ORGANISMS / BY J. B. HERSEY AND R. H. BACKUS. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Occurrence and description of scattering layers. - 3. Identification of sound scatterers. - 4. Sound-scattering theory. - 5. Sound-scattering observations. - 6. What is "the deep scattering layer"?. - 7. Ideas and miscellaneous observations. - 14. SOUND PRODUCTION BY MARINE ANIMALS / BY W. E. SCHEVILL, R. H. BACKUS, AND J. B. HERSEY. - 1. Introduction. - 2. History. - 3. Instrumentation. - 4. Identification of source. - 5. Purposeful and adventitious sounds. - 6. Sound-producing mechanisms. - 7. Spectra of sounds. - 8. Functions of sound. - 9. Hearing as related to sound production. - 10. Eliciting and suppressing marine animal sounds. - 11. Exploitation of marine animal sounds by the oceanographer. - SECTION V. WAVES. - 15. ANALYSIS AND STATISTICS / BY D. E. CARTWRIGHT. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Fundamental equations of wave motion. - 3. Statistical formulation. - 4. Properties of a wave system in terms of its directional energy spectrum. - 5. Estimating the directional energy spectrum. - 6. Waves recorded by a single detector. - 7. Spectral measurement. - 8. Second-order approximations to energy spectra. - 16. LONG-TERM VARIATIONS IN SEA-LEVEL / BY J. R. ROSSITER. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The determination of mean sea-level. - 3. Causes of variations in sea-level. - 4. The analysis of observations. - 5. Some geophysical implications of long-term variations in sea-level. - 6. Conclusion. - 17. SURGES / BY P. GROEN AND G. W. GROVES. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Description. - 3. Dynamics and forecasting. - 18. LONG OCEAN WAVES / BY W. H. MUNK. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The instruments. - 3. The spectrum. - 4. Surf beat. - 5. Shelf waves. - 6. Tsunamis. - 19. WIND WAVES / BY N. F. BARBER AND M. J. TUCKER. - 1. Kinematics of waves. - 2. The description of a complicated wave pattern: the wave spectrum. - 3. Theories of wave generation by wind. - 4. Wave prediction. - 5. Waves from distant storms. - 6. Waves approaching the shore. - 7. The surf zone. - 8. Ships and waves. - 9. Methods of observation and analysis-methods taking no account of direction of travel. - 10. Methods of observation and analysis - the directional power spectrum. - 20. MICROSEISMS / BY J. DARBYSHIRE. - 1. Relation between sea waves and microseisms. - 2. The nature of microseisms. - 3. Refraction of microseisms. - 4. Storm tracking and estimation of the direction of approach of microseisms. - 5. Estimation of direction from the nature of microseisms. - 6. Instruments. - 7. Other work. - 21. RIPPLES / BY C. S. COX. - 1. Spectrum and mean square slope. - 2. Effect of slicks. - 3. Shape of a rippled water surface. - 4. Growth of ripples. - 22. INTERNAL WAVES : Part I / BY E. C. LAFOND. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Measurements. - 3. Observed relations. - 22. INTERNAL WAVES : Part II / BY C. S. COX. - 4. Differential equations. - 5. Spectrum. - 6. Internal waves and turbulence. - 23. TIDES / BY W. HANSEN. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The hydrodynamic equations and their application to tidal problems. - 3. Tidal observation. - 4. Tidal charts. - 5. Classical theory. - 6. Numerical methods for ascef!.aining the tides and tidal currents. Boundary-value problems. - 7. The application of difference methods to initial-boundary problems. - 8. Numerical solutions of initial-boundary-value problems of tides in one and two dimensions. - 9. Internal tides. - SECTION VI. TURBULENCE / BY K. F. BOWDEN. - 1. General properties of turbulence. - 2. Turbulence in the sea. - 3. Turbulent fluctuations and turbulent transports. - 4. Vertical turbulence. - 5. Horizontal turbulence. - SECTION VII. THE PHYSICS OF SEA-ICE / BY E. R. POUNDER. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Mechanical properties. - 3. Thermal properties. - 4. Electrical properties. - 5. Growth and disintegration of an ice cover. - 6. Theory of sea-ice structure and properties. - AUTHOR INDEX. - SUBJECT INDEX.
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: ZSP-553-159,9
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 40 S., II Taf. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 159,9
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: G 5517 2.Ex. ; AWI G2-96-0028
    In: The sea ; 3, Vol. 3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 963 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 1. publ.
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: SECTION I. GEOPHYSICAL EXPLORATION. - 1. ELEMENTARY THEORY OF SEISMIC REFRACTION AND REFLECTION MEASUREMENTS / BY J. I. EWING. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Reflected waves. - 3. Refracted waves. - 4. Computation of layer velocities and thicknesses. - 5. Shear waves and complex refracted waves. - 6. Some complications and deviations from simple theory. - 2. REFRACTION AND REFLECTION TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURE / BY G.G. SHOR, JR. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Shooting techniques. - 3. Receiving techniques. - 4. Plan of operations. - 5. Miscellaneous variations. - 6. Reflection methods. - 3. SINGLE-SHIP SEISMIC REFRACTION SHOOTING / BY M. N. HILL. - 1. Introduction. - 2 . Instrumentation. - 3. Operation. - 4 . CONTINUOUS REFLECTION PROFILING / BY J. B. HERSEY. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Design. - 3. Operations at sea. - 4. Results. - 5. Interpretations. - 6. Geophysical measurements. - 7. Concluding remarks. - 5. THE UNCONSOLIDATED SEDIMENTS / BY J. I. EWING AND J. E. NAFE. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Evidence for gradients and low-velocity sediments. - 3. Variable angle reflections. - 4. Normal-incidence reflections. - 5. Summary. - 6. THE CRUSTAL ROCKS / BY R. W. RAITT. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Layer 2. - 3. Layer 3. - 4. Average oceanic crust. - 7. THE MANTLE ROCKS / BY J. I. EWING. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Compressional-wave measurements. - 3. Shear-wave measurements. - 4. Summary. - 8. EXPLORATION OF SUB-OCEANIC STRUCTURE BY THE USE OF SEISMIC SURFACE WAVES / BY J. OLIVER AND J. DORMAN. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The general nature of seismic surface waves. - 3. Evidence from mantle surface waves. - 4. Evidence from crustal surface waves. - 5. Evidence from short-period surface waves. - 9. GRAVITY AT SEA / BY J. LAMAR WORZEL AND J. C. HARRISON. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Methods and theory. - 3. Gravity observations and geological interpretations. - 10. THE MAGNETIC FIELD OVER THE OCEANS / BY E. C. BULLARD AND R. G. MASON. - 1. Historical. - 2. Measurement of the magnetic field at sea. - 3. General features of the field. - 4. Reduction of magnetic observations. - 5. The magnetic properties of submarine rocks. - 6. The magnetic surveys of the north-east Pacific. - 7. The continental shelves. - 8. Seamounts and mid-ocean ridges. - 9. The deep trenches. - 11 . THE FLOW OF HEAT THROUGH THE FLOOR OF THE OCEAN / BY E. C. BULLARD. - 1. Method. - 2. The temperature probe. - 3. The thermal properties of sediments. - 4. The results of heat-flow measurements. - 5. Future work. - SECTION II . TOPOGRAPHY AND STRUCTURE. - 12. TOPOGRAPHY OF THE DEEP-SEA FLOOR / BY BRUCE C. HEEZEN AND H. W. MENARD. - 1 . Introduction. - 2 . Outline of submarine topography. - 3. Summary of submarine topographic forms. - 13. CONTINENTAL SHELF AND SLOPE (CONTINENTAL MARGIN) / BY A. GUILCHER. - 1. Definitions. - 2. Topography of the continental shelf. - 3. Topography of the continental slope. - 4. Structure and origins of the continental margins. - 5. Conclusion. - 14. ABYSSAL PLAINS / BY BRUCE C. HEEZEN AND A. S. LAUGHTON. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Regional description. - 3. Trench abyssal plains. - 4. Archipelagic plains. - 5. Abyssal gaps, interplain channels, mid-ocean canyons and deep-sea channels. - 6. Sediments on the abyssal plains. - 7. Geophysical characteristics. - 8. Theories of the origin of the abyssal plains. - 15. OCEANIC ISLANDS, SEAMOUNTS, GUYOTS AND ATOLLS / BY H. W. MENARD AND H. S. LADD. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Oceanic islands. - 3. Seamounts. - 4. Guyots. - 5. Atolls. - 6. Submerged atolls. - 7. Oceanic volcanoes in geological time. - 8. Importance of islands and seamounts. - 16. THE MID-OCEANIC RIDGE / BY BRUCE C. HEEZEN AND MAURICE EWING. - 1. Introduction. - 2. North Atlantic. - 3. South Atlantic. - 4. Indian Ocean. - 5. Indian and South Pacific Oceans. - 6. Iceland and the Norwegian Sea. - 7. Arctic Basin. - 8. Crustal structure. - 9. Origin. - 17. TRENCHES / BY R. L. FISHER AND H. H. HESS. - 1. Previous work. - 2. Topography of trenches. - 3. Structure of trenches. - 18. MICROTOPOGRAPHY / BY A. S. LAUGHTON. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Classification of microtopographic features. - 19. UNDERWATER PHOTOGRAPHY / BY H. E. EDGERTON. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Camera details. - 3. Cables and winches for cameras. - 20. SUBMARINE CANYONS / BY F. P. SHEPARD. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Classification of submarine valleys. - 3. Canyon descriptions. - 4. East coast U.S. (New England type) canyons. - 5. Trough-shaped valleys. - 6. Delta foreset-slope gullies. - 7. Shallow straight-walled valleys of submarine escarpments. - 8. Origin of submarine canyons. - 9. Subaerial erosion. - 10. Pleistocene canyon cutting by turbidity currents. - SECTION III. SEDIMENTATION. - 21. BEACH AND NEARSHORE PROCESSES. - PART I. MECHANICS OF MARINE SEDIMENTATION / BY R. A. BAGNOLD. - 1. Definition, origin and relevant physical properties. - 2. Transport during fall through the sea. - 3. Transport of sediment over the sea bed. - 4. Transport rate and fluid "power". - 5. Auto-suspension of sediment: turbidity currents , etc. - 6. Wave drift. - 7. Threshold of bed disturbance by fluid action. - PART II. LITTORAL PROCESSES / BY D. L. INMAN AND R. A. BAGNOLD. - 8. Introduction. - 9. Littoral profile: two-dimensional case. - 10. Migration of sand grains by wave action. - 11. Littoral processes: three-dimensional case. - 12. Discussion. - 22. SHALLOW-WATER CARBONATE SEDIMENTS / BY R. N. GINSBURG, R. MICHAEL LLOYD, K. W. STOCKMAN AND J. S. MCCALLUM. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Types of skeletal particles. - 3. Skeletal particles in sediments. - 4. Distribution of skeletal particles. - 5. Discussion of the distribution of skeletal particles. - 6. Non-skeletal particles. - 7. Distribution of non-skeletal particles. - 23. BASIN SEDIMENTATION AND DIAGENESIS / BY I. R. KAPLAN AND S. C. RITTENBERG. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Physical aspects of sedimentation. - 3. Diagenesis in sediments. - 4. Isotopic studies related to biological processes in sediments. - 5. Special problems. - 24. ESTUARIES, DELTAS, SHELF, SLOPE / BY A. GUILCHER. - 1. Estuaries, tidal marshes and flats, and deltas. - 2. Continental shelf. - 3. Continental slope. - 25. PELAGIC SEDIMENTS / BY G. ARRHENIUS. - 1. Concept of pelagic sedimentation. - 2. Composition. - 3. Productivity control of pelagic sedimentation. - 4. Physical stratification. - 5. Topographic and tectonic control of sedimentation. - 26. CLAY-MINERAL DISTRIBUTIONS IN THE PACIFIC OCEAN / BY J. J. GRIFFIN AND E. D. GOLDBERG. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The clay minerals. - 3. Surface distribution of clay minerals. - 4. Vertical distribution. - 5. Summary. - 27. TURBIDITY CURRENTS / BY BRUCE C. HEEZEN. - 1. Early views. - 2. Full-scale experiment. - 3. Alternative explanations. - 4. Physiographic evidence. - 5. Sediments. - 6. Requirements of turbidity currents. - 7. Tectonic significance of turbidity currents. - 8. Biological significance of turbidity currents. - 9. Other processes of deep-sea erosion and transportation. - 10. Conclusion. - 28. ORGANIC TRANSPORTATION OF MARINE SEDIMENTS / BY K. O. EMERY. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Kelp. - 3. Driftwood . - 4. Sea mammals. - 5. Fishes. - 6. Birds. - 7. Invertebrates. - 8. Comparison with inorganic transporting agents. - 9. Criteria for recognition of rafting agent. - 29. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MARINE SEDIMENTS / BY J. E. NAFE AND C. L. DRAKE. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Relationships among observables. - 3. Methods of measurement. - 4. Summary of results. - 5. Conclusions. - 30. AGE DETERMINATION IN SEDIMENTS BY NATURAL RADIOACTIVITY / BY F. F. KOCZY. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Theoretical considerations. - 3. Geochemical considerations. - 4. Practical methods of age determination. - 5. Rate of sedimentation. - 31. CROSS-CORRELATION OF DEEP-SEA SEDIMENT CORES AND DETERMINATION OF RELATIVE RATES OF SEDIMENTATION BY MICRO-PALEONTOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES / BY D. B. ERICSON. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Methods of correlation. - 3. Time-equivalence of the faunal zones. - 4. Some example
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Call number: M 93.0087/2 ; AWI G2-96-0027
    In: The sea ; 2, Vol. 2
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 554 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: THE COMPOSITION OF SEA-WATER. - SECTION I. CHEMISTRY. - 1. THE OCEANS AS A CHEMICAL SYSTEM / BY E. D. GOLDBERG. - 1. The composition of sea-water. - 2. Reactivities of the elements. - 3. Chemical reaction in the oceans and the compositions of the end-products. - 4. Space and time distributions of the elements. - 2. THE INFLUENCE OF ORGANISMS ON THE COMPOSITION OF SEAWATER / BY A. C. REDFIELD, B. H. KETCHUM AND F. A. RICHARDS. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The biochemical cycle. - 3. The biochemical circulation. - 3. ARTIFICIAL RADIOACTIVITY IN THE SEA / BY Y. MIYAKE. - 1. Artificial radioactivity in oceanic waters. - 2. Enrichment of radioactive substances in marine products. - 3. Artificial radioactivity as a tracer of water movements in the ocean. - 4. Disposal of radioactive waste in the ocean. - 4. RADIOISOTOPES AND LARGE-SCALE OCEANIC MIXING / W. BROECKER. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Useful isotopes. - 3. Steady-state distribution of 14C. - 4. Ocean-atmosphere CO2 exchange rates. - 5. Oceanic mixing models. - 6. Industrial CO2 effect. - 7. 226Ra distribution. - 8. 90Sr distribution. - 9. Non-steady-state conditions. - 10. Conclusion. - 5. CHEMICAL INSTRUMENTATION / BY D. E. CARRITT. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Chlorinity, salinity, density and related properties. - 3. Water tagging and tracer techniques. - 4. Measurement of dissolved gases. - 6. WATER SAMPLING AND THERMOMETERS / BY H. F. P. HERDMAN. - 1. Sampling. - 2. Thermometry. - SECTION II. FERTILITY OF THE OCEANS. - 7. PRODUCTIVITY, DEFINITION AND MEASUREMENT / BY E. STEEMANN NIELSEN. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Definitions. - 3. Methods for measuring primary production. - 4. The relation between the rate of gross production and net production below a surface unit. - 5. Transparency of the water versus organic production. - 6. The significance of single individual measurements of primary production. - 7. The influence of weather conditions. - 8. ORGANIC REGULATION OF PHYTOPLANKTON FERTILITY / BY L. PROVASOLI. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Data from chemical analysis. - 3. Organic products of algae and bacteria. - 4. Nutritional requirements of marine algae. - 5. Crustacea and organic solutes. - 6. Data from biological analysis of sea-water. - 7. Prospects. - 8. Addendum. - 9. BIOASSAY OF TRACE SUBSTANCES / BY W. L. BELSER. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Vitamins. - 3. Amino acids. - 4. Purines and pyrimidines. - 5. Perspectives. - COMPARATIVE AND DESCRIPTIVE OCEANOGRAPHY. - SECTION III. CURRENTS. - 10. EQUATORIAL CURRENT SYSTEMS / BY J. A. KNAUSS. - 1. Methods of study of ocean currents. - 2. Gross circulation pattern. - 3. A two-layer ocean - the thermocline. - 4. Zonal fiow-geostrophic currents. - 5. Meridional flow-upwelling. - 6. Conclusions and speculations. - 11. EASTERN BOUNDARY CURRENTS / BY W. S. WOOSTER AND J. L. REID, JR. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Common features of eastern boundary currents. - 3. Coastal upwelling. -4. Poleward eastern boundary currents. - 5. Biological implications. - 12. THE SOUTHERN OCEAN / BY G. E. R. DEACON. - 1. Topography. - 2. Oceanographic data. - 3. Wind zones. - 4. The water-masses. - 5. Climatology and zoogeography. - 6. Nutrient salts. - 7. Future needs. - 13. DEEP-CURRENT MEASUREMENTS USING NEUTRALLY BUOYANT FLOATS / BY G. H. VOLKMANN. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The pinger. - 3. Measurements. - 14. DROGUES AND NEUTRAL-BUOYANT FLOATS / BY J. A. KNAUSS. - 15. ESTUARIES / BY W. M. CAMERON AND D. W. PRITCHARD. - 1. Definition of estuaries. - 2. General considerations. - 3. Estuarine circulation patterns. - 4. Some variations on the estuarine sequence. - 5. Flushing in estuaries. - 6. Dynamics of estuaries. - 7. Kinematic description of the distribution of properties in an estuary. - 16. APPLICATIONS OF THE GYROPENDULUM / BY W. S. VON ARX. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The gyropendulum. - 3. The problem of time variations. - SECTION IV. BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. - 17. GEOGRAPHIC VARIATIONS IN.PRODUCTIVITY / BY J. H. RYTHER. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Incident radiation. - 3. Transparency. - 4. Nutrients. - 5. Latitudinal variations in the stability of surface water. - 6. Productivity of the major oceanic regions. - 7. Hydrodynamic features which influence productivity. - 8. Plankton production in coastal and inshore waters. - 9. Production of benthic plant communities. - 18. BIOLOGICAL SPECIES, WATER-MASSES AND CRRRENTS / BY M. W. JOHNSON AND E. BRINTON. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Water-masses and biological species. - 3. Water currents and biological species. - 19. COMMUNITIES OF ORGANISMS / BY E. W. FAGER. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Definition of community. - 3. Identification of communities. - 4. Community structure. - 5. Community function. - 6. Community theory. - 20. THEORY OF FOOD-CHAIN RELATIONS IN THE OCEAN / BY G. A. RILEY. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Mathematical models of plankton populations. - 3. Complex versus simple models. - 4. Prognosis for mathematical models. - 5. Higher elements of the food chain. - 21. FISHERY DYNAMICS - THEIR ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION / BY M. B. SCHAEFER AND R. J. H. BEVERTON. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The Beverton-Holt approach. - 3. The Schaefer approach. - 4. Concluding remarks. - SECTION V. OCEANOGRAPHICAL MISCELLANEA. - 22. SEASONAL CHANGES IN SEA-LEVEL / BY JUNE G. PATTULLO. - 1. Introduction. - 2. The observed seasonal variations. - 3. Factors influencing variations in sea-level. - 4. Summary. - 5. Conclusions. - 23. BATHYSCAPHS AND OTHER DEEP SUBMERSIBLES FOR OCEANOGRAPHIC RESEARCH / BY R. S. DIETZ. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Diving chambers. - 3. Bathyscaphs. - 4. Diving saucer. - 5. Buoyant-hulled deep ships or bathynauts. - 6. Deep-research vessel (D.R.V.). - 7. Remote underwater manipulator (RUM). - 8. Concluding remarks. - 24. DEEP-SEA ANCHORING AND MOORING / BY JOHN D. ISAACS. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Historical background. - 3. Problems of taut-mooring. - 4. Remarks on components of moorings. - 5. Mooring cables. - 6. The anchors. - 7. Fittings. - 8. Performance. - AUTHOR INDEX. - SUBJECT INDEX.
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: ZSP-553-159,10
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 45 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 159,10
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: ZSP-553-163,6
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 64 S., V Taf. : Ill.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 163,6
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: ZSP-553-164,6 ; AWI P8-88-0281
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 105 S., 4 Taf. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 164,6
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: ZSP-553-170,1
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 40 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 170,1
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: ZSP-553-164,5
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 66 S., 7 Taf. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 164,5
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: ZSP-553-170,2
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 249 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 170,2
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    København : Reitzel
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-553-171,1
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 77 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 171,1
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    København : Reitzel
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-553-159,11
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 74 S., XXI Taf. : zahlr. Ill.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland 159,11
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Jerusalem : Israel Program for Scientific Translations
    Call number: AWI A7-98-0092 ; PIK N 456-99-0205 ; MOP 35101
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 200 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: IPST 1031
    Uniform Title: Fizika pogranichonogo sloya atmosfery 〈engl.〉
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Introduction. - I. THE EQUATIONS OF HYDROTHERMODYNAMICS OF THE BOUNDARY LAYERS; ANALYSIS OF THESE EQUATIONS. - § 1. Derivation of the Equations for the Averaged Quantities. - § 2. The Relation Between Fluctuations of the Meteorological Elements and the Averaged Characteristics. Currents of Various Substances Due to Turbulence. - § 3. Some Problems of Turbulence Dynamics. The Reynolds Number. The Richardson Number § 4. Classification of Motions. Estimation of the Thickness of the Planetary Boundary Layer. The Surface Sublayer. - II. THE BOUNDARY LAYER OF THE ATMOSPHERE IN STATIONARY CONDITIONS. - § 1. Some Information on the Distribution of the Meteorological Elements in the Boundary Layer. - § 2. External Factors Determining the Structure of the Boundary Layer of the Atmosphere. - § 3. A Boundary Layer Model with Height-Independent Turbulence Coefficient (One-Parameter Model). - § 4. The Structure of the Surface Sublayer. - § 5. Calculation of the Basic Characteristics of the Surface Sublayer. - § 6. Two-Parameter Model of the Boundary Layer of the Atmosphere. - § 7. Some Information on the Processes at the Active Surface and in the Upper Layers of the Ground Influencing the Boundary Layer. - III. DAILY VARIATION OF THE METEOROLOGICAL ELEMENTS. - § 1. The Simplest Model for the Daily Temperature Variation. Features of the Daily Temperature Variation Over Water. - § 2. Daily Temperature Variations for Turbulent Mixing Intensity Growing with Height. - § 3. An Account of the Time Variations of the Eddy Exchange in the Theory of the Daily Temperature Variations. - § 4. The Influence of the Radiative Heat Influx on the Daily Temperature Variation. - § 5. Nocturnal Lowering of the Temperature. Forecasting of Radiation Frosts. - § 6. Daily Humidity Variations. Radiation Fogs. - § 7. Daily Variations of Wind Velocity. - IV. VARIATIONS OF METEOROLOGICAL FIELDS DUE TO THE INHOMOGENEITY OF THE ACTIVE SURFACE. - § 1. Qualitative Analysis of the Transformation Process. - § 2. Variations of the Temperature and Humidity Fields Over an Inhomogeneous Underlying Surface. - § 3. Formation of Advection Fogs. - § 4. Variations of the Micrometeorological Regime in Irrigation, Irrigation Standards for Various Meteorological Conditions. - § 5. Influence of Small Reservoirs on the Structure of the Lower Layers of the Atmosphere. - § 6. Nonstationary Processes Over An Inhomogeneous Underlying Surface. - § 7. Local Winds. - V. PHENOMENA AND PROCESSES OF A SPECIAL NATURE RELATED TO THE METEOROLOGICAL REGIME OF THE BOUNDARY LAYER. - §1. Wind Drift of Ice Floes. - § 2. Applications of the Laws of the Boundary Layer of the Atmosphere to Problems of Construction and Power Engineering. - § 3. Freezing of the Upper Layer of the Ground. - § 4. Pollution of the Lower Layers of the Atmosphere by Smoke From Factory Chimneys. - § 5. Some Features of the Electrostatic Field in the Surface Layer of the Atmosphere. , Transl. from Russian
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Warszawa : Wydawnictwa Geologiczne
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P9-89-0516
    In: Studia geologica polonica
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 220 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Studia geologica polonica 11
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London [u.a.] : Longmans
    Call number: AWI P7-17-90975
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 328 S. , Ill., Kt., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 1st publ.
    Series Statement: Geographies for advanced study
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 2. History of Arctic exploration. - 3. The meteorology and climate of the Arctic. - 4. Landforms of the Arctic. - 5. The Arctic Seas. - 6. Arctic flora and fauna. - 7. Native peoples. - 8. Transportation. - 9. Political geography of the Arctic. - 10. Regional description of the Canadian Arctic. - 11. Alaska. - 12. The Soviet Arctic. - 13. Svalbard. - 14. Greenland. - 15. The history of Antarctic exploration. - 16. The Antarctic continent. - 17. Meteorology and climate of the Antarctic. - 18. The Antarctic Seas. - 19. The sub-Antarctic islands. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94155
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 914, C1 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotogafien (farbig), Karten (farbig), Diagramme (farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: 9781634001151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Examines issues faced by disabled library workers, through the lens of critical disability theory"
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (219 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9781634001151 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Laying the theoretical groundwork Fighting stigma, building power The library as organization Coming out: Giving voice to our vulnerability and exercising our strength Accommodations, advocacy and doing what works Getting help and transgressing borders Building a caring workplace Working well with a metabolic disorder Working well with a movement disorder: I found meaning when our interdependency increased.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: 9783658282356 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (433 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658282356 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Politik gestalten - Kommunikation, Deliberation und Partizipation bei politisch relevanten Projekten
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorhabenträger auf dem Weg zu gesellschaftlich tragfähigen Lösungen / Frank Brettschneider und Ulrich Müller Baustellenbeirat und Baggerballett / Sarah Rögele Kommunikationsmanagement bei Bau- und Infrastrukturprojekten / Lisa Fehrentz Dialogorientierte Baukommunikation / Annika Zimmer Atomausstieg 2022 / Julia Schabel
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: 9780128230299 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (614 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9780128230299
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Dedication List of contributors Acknowledgment Introduction Part 1: Phytoplankton taxonomy Introduction / Ruth S. Eriksen 1. Cyanobacterial diversity and taxonomic uncertainty: polyphasic pathways to improved resolution / Glenn B. McGregor and Barbara C. Sendall 2. Uses of molecular taxonomy in identifying phytoplankton communities from the Continuous Plankton Recorder Survey / Rowena Stern, Declan Schroeder, Andrea Highfield, Mana Al-Kandari, Luigi Vezzulli, Anthony Richardson 3. Impact of molecular approaches on dinoflagellate taxonomy and systematics / Christopher J.S. Bolch 4. From molecules to ecosystem functioning: insight into new approaches to taxonomy to monitor harmful algae diversity in Chile / Jorge I. Mardones, Bernd Krock, Lara Marcus, Catharina Alves-de-Souza, Satoshi Nagai, Kyoko Yarimizu, Alejandro Clément, Nicole Correa, Sebastian Silva, Javier Paredes-Mella Peter Von Dassow Part 2: Monitoring and sensing systems Introduction / Lesley A. Clementson 5. Integrating imaging and molecular approaches to assess phytoplankton diversity / Lisa Campbell, Chetan C. Gaonkar and Darren W. Henrichs 6. Advances in in situ molecular systems for phytoplankton research and monitoring / Matthew C. Smith, Levente Bodrossy and Pascal Craw 7. Applications of satellite remote sensing technology to the analysis of phytoplankton community structure on large scales / Astrid Bracher, Robert J. W. Brewin, Aurea M. Ciotti, Lesley A.Clementson, Takafumi Hirata, Tihomir S.Kostadinov, Colleen B. Mouw, Emanuele Organelli 8. Modeling phytoplankton processes in multiple functional types / Mark Baird, Stephanie Dutkiewicz, Anna Hickman, Mathieu Mongin, Monika Soja-Wozniak, Jennifer Skerratt, Karen Wild-Allen 9. Managing the societal uses of phytoplankton: technology applications and needs / Andrew D.L. Steven Part 3: Omics in aquatic ecology Introduction / Anusuya Willis 10. Current applications and technological advances in quantitative real-time PCR (qPCR): a versatile tool for the study of phytoplankton ecology / Kathryn J. Coyne, Yanfei Wang, Susanna A. Wood, Peter D. Countway, Sydney M. Greenlee 11. Phytoplankton diversity and ecology through the lens of high throughput sequencing technologies / Adriana Lopes dos Santos, Catherine Gérikas Ribeiro, Denise Ong, Laurence Garczarek, Xiao Li Shi, Scott D. Nodder, Daniel Vaulot, Andres Gutiérrez-Rodríguez 12. Comparative genomics for understanding intraspecific diversity: a case study of the cyanobacterium Raphidiopsis raciborskii / Anusuya Willis, Jason N. Woodhouse, Brett A. Neil, Michele A. Burford 13. Transcriptomic and metatranscriptomic approaches in phytoplankton: insights and advances / Bethany C.Kolody, Matthew J.Harke, Sharon E. Hook, Andrew E. Allen 14. From genes to ecosystems: using molecular information from diatoms to understand ecological processes / John A. Berges, Erica B. Young, Kimberlee Thamatrakoln, Alison R. Taylor 15. Global marine phytoplankton revealed by the Tara Oceans expedition / Flora Vincent, Federico M. Ibarbalz and Chris Bowler Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Wilmette, Ill. : Snow Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-71
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 71
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: The depth-density relationship of the surface snow to 30-ft depth at three locations on the Greenland Ice Cap east of Thule is presented. Rates of accumulation and densification deduced from the pit studies are used in elementary mathematical expressions developed in this report. These expressions describe a densification process applicable to continuously accumulating polar snow, between the depths of 10 and 40 ft. Loads, densities, and rates of densification are presented in relation to depth and time and applied to problems of undersnow military construction.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 10 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 71
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Field investigations Application of profile data Densification theory Engineering applications References
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-79
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 79
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: The theory of a plate on an elastic foundation will closely predict the radial cracks observed in loading tests on floating ice sheets. However, the plate theory does not predict accurately the circumferential crack which forms ultimately with increased loading. The wedge theory is developed in an attempt to better predict the location and magnitude of the stresses causing the circumferential crack. The results obtained can be applied to help predict the ultimate bearing capacity of an ice sheet, provided the modulus of elasticity and flexural strength of the ice are known.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: Getrennte Zählung , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 79
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Solution Applications Conclusions References Appendix A Computer program Graphs of nev functions, derivatives, and integrals Tables of nev functions, derivatives, and integrals
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: ZSP-202-74
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 74
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: The heat exchange of a snow cover was studied with respect to the effects of heat transfer processes on metamorphic action within the snow cover and the prediction of heat fluxes and the resulting changes in snow cover characteristics from standard meteorological information. Data collected at the USA SIPRE Keweenaw Field Station, Houghton, Michigan, were used to determine heat transfer by thermal radiation, convection, and conduction. The percent of daily incident solar radiation at the outer limits of the earth's atmosphere which reaches the snow surface ranged from 94 with clear skies to less than 20 with an overcast less than 1000 ft high and precipitation. Average diurnal patterns of total solar radiation may be estimated for various cloudiness. Total solar radiation with overcast clouds less than 5000 ft high averaged about 70% of the clear-sky radiation. Atmospheric radiation related to temperatures during clear nights gave a curve paralleling the black body radiation curve, although about 7 ly/hr lower in absolute values. Atmospheric radiation during clear skies was about 9 ly/hr less than that with low overcast conditions with no snow falling. In the presence of falling snow, total hemispherical radiation was about 5 ly/hr greater than with no snow falling but with' similar low overcast cloudiness. With low overcast cloudiness, the net long-wave exchange averaged about -17 ly/day in January and -8 ly/day in February. With clear skies the net long-wave exchange averaged about -128 ly/day in January and -120 ly/day in February. The net radiation exchange with clear skies during midday remained slightly negative in January and became increasingly positive through February. The highest positive values of net radiation occurred during the day with low overcast or broken cloudiness and precipitation. The largest net radiational loss of 9 ly/hr occurred at night with clear skies and nearly calm winds. The average magnitude of surface temperature inversions over snow was related to observations of cloudiness and wind speeds for both day and night. With winds of 12 knots or greater, the temperature difference in the first 10m was usually near adiabatic even with clear skies at night. During the day inversions seldom exceeded 1-2°C, and a slight lapse commonly occurred during low overcast conditions and moderate winds. The Liljequist method for computing turbulent heat transfer and conductive heat transfer in snow was used. Average air temperature is shown to exert a pronounced effect upon snow heat conduction, cold content and temperature profile. Average temperature differences through the snow, responsible for metamorphic action leading to the formation of depth hoar, can be estimated by a knowledge of the previous 20-hr average temperature. Snow hardness distributions, indicators of supporting capacity of snow, can be estimated graphically from snow density and depth observations.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 73 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 74
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Part 1. Data analysis Introduction Estimating snow temperature distributions from meteorological information Radiative heat transfer Short-wave radiation Long-wave radiation Net radiation exchange Convective heat transfer Liljequist method Monin-Obukhov method Conductive heat transfer Heat transfer in soil Heat transfer in snow Direct relationships Measurement of snow properties Cold content of snow Vertical temperature gradient in snow and its effects Snow hardness Summary of the analysis Thermal radiative heat transfer Convective heat transfer Heat transfer processes in soil and snow Part II. Tabulated data for Keweenaw Field Station Description of data Location and periods of measurement Instrumentation Data processing Explanation of tables Thermal radiation data, Keweenaw Field Station References
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-85,1
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 85,1
    In: The frost behavior of soils : laboratory and field data for a new concept, Part I
    Description / Table of Contents: Partial summary: Laboratory experiments have been performed with special cabinets in which soil samples, under complete saturation and without surcharges, were subjected to alternate freezing and thawing cycles. Tests included series with both freezing and thawing from the top and with freezing from the bottom and thawing from the top. The soil materials used were well-graded, sandy gravels, the finest one with 14% finer than no. 200 mesh (0. 074 mm).
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 22 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 85,1
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction to the problem Laboratory data Preliminary experiments Vertical sorting and volume changes produced by cyclic freeze -thaw Volume increase by sorting in straight graded samples without freezing and thawing Field data Vertical sorting of the active layer Correlation between laboratory and field data Conclusion and recommendations References
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-95
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 95
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: An investigation was conducted at Camp Century, Greenland, to study the feasibility of using air wells to cool undersnow structures in the arctic during the summer months. From results obtained during the summers of 1959,and 1960 and late November, 1960, it was found that the air well is a practical and effective means of providing a -20°C air supply at volumetric flow rates of 1200 to 1700 ft^3/min. The extent and rate of warming of the snow beneath the trench floor by heat exchange between the air and the snow foundation was found to depend upon trench air temperature, fan capacity, fan arrangement, and casing length. For example, in a well cased to a depth of 17. 5 ft and equipped with a 5 hp fan drawing in air at a rate of 1700 ft^3/min, the maximum warming was found to be 12.5°C during a 42-day period. Snow temperature differences of about 7°C were found between similar trenches with and without a fan installation. The minimum permissible distance between two adjacent fans to eliminate, overlap in warming up the snow foundation is approximately 80 ft.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 17 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 95
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Theoretical background Test method and equipment Test operations Effectiveness of the air well Estimation of fan capacity Natural cooling in winter Change of trench foundation temperature Trench wall warm-up Conclusions and recommendations
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-99
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 99
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: A study of how age hardening affects the various mechanical properties of processed snow was made. A description of how the age hardening process is affected by the variables of density, temperature, grain size, and shape is given. An empirical equation relating creep rate to stress, age, and density was obtained. The study also shows that the various mechanical properties are related to age by an exponential function.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 12 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 99
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Experimental facilities Experimental in-place measurements Density and homogeneity of processed snow Ram hardness Temperature measurements Mechanical properties Unconfined compressive strength Stress-strain relationships in unconfined compress ion Creep in unconfined compression Tensile strength Discussion of results References
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94840
    Description / Table of Contents: Vegetation change at high latitudes is one of the central issues nowadays with respect to ongoing climate changes and triggered potential feedback. At high latitude ecosystems, the expected changes include boreal treeline advance, compositional, phenological, physiological (plants), biomass (phytomass) and productivity changes. However, the rate and the extent of the changes under climate change are yet poorly understood and projections are necessary for effective adaptive strategies and forehanded minimisation of the possible negative feedbacks. The vegetation itself and environmental conditions, which are playing a great role in its development and distribution are diverse throughout the Subarctic to the Arctic. Among the least investigated areas is central Chukotka in North-Eastern Siberia, Russia. Chukotka has mountainous terrain and a wide variety of vegetation types on the gradient from treeless tundra to northern taiga forests. The treeline there in contrast to subarctic North America and north-western and central Siberia is represented by a deciduous conifer, Larix cajanderi Mayr. The vegetation varies from prostrate lichen Dryas octopetala L. tundra to open graminoid (hummock and non-hummock) tundra to tall Pinus pumila (Pall.) Regel shrublands to sparse and dense larch forests. Hence, this thesis presents investigations on recent compositional and above-ground biomass (AGB) changes, as well as potential future changes in AGB in central Chukotka. The aim is to assess how tundra-taiga vegetation develops under changing climate conditions particularly in Fareast Russia, central Chukotka. Therefore, three main research questions were considered: 1) What changes in vegetation composition have recently occurred in central Chukotka? 2) How have the above-ground biomass AGB rates and distribution changed in central Chukotka? 3) What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming millennia in the northern tundra-taiga of central Chukotka? Remote sensing provides information on the spatial and temporal variability of vegetation. I used Landsat satellite data together with field data (foliage projective cover and AGB) from two expeditions in 2016 and 2018 to Chukotka to upscale vegetation types and AGB for the study area. More specifically, I used Landsat spectral indices (Normalised Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), Normalised Difference Water Index (NDWI) and Normalised Difference Snow Index (NDSI)) and constrained ordination (Redundancy analysis, RDA) for further k-means-based land-cover classification and general additive model (GAM)-based AGB maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/2017. I also used Tandem-X DEM data for a topographical correction of the Landsat satellite data and to derive slope, aspect, and Topographical Wetness Index (TWI) data for forecasting AGB. Firstly, in 2016, taxa-specific projective cover data were collected during a Russian-German expedition. I processed the field data and coupled them with Landsat spectral Indices in the RDA model that was used for k-means classification. I could establish four meaningful land-cover classes: (1) larch closed-canopy forest, (2) forest tundra and shrub tundra, (3) graminoid tundra and (4) prostrate herb tundra and barren areas, and accordingly, I produced the land cover maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/20017. Changes in land-cover classes between the beginning of the century (2000/2001/2002) and the present time (2016/2017) were estimated and interpreted as recent compositional changes in central Chukotka. The transition from graminoid tundra to forest tundra and shrub tundra was interpreted as shrubification and amounts to a 20% area increase in the tundra-taiga zone and 40% area increase in the northern taiga. Major contributors of shrubification are alder, dwarf birch and some species of the heather family. Land-cover change from the forest tundra and shrub tundra class to the larch closed-canopy forest class is interpreted as tree infilling and is notable in the northern taiga. We find almost no land-cover changes in the present treeless tundra. Secondly, total AGB state and change were investigated for the same areas. In addition to the total vegetation AGB, I provided estimations for the different taxa present at the field sites. As an outcome, AGB in the study region of central Chukotka ranged from 0 kg m-2 at barren areas to 16 kg m-2 in closed-canopy forests with the larch trees contributing the highest. A comparison of changes in AGB within the investigated period from 2000 to 2016 shows that the greatest changes (up to 1.25 kg m 2 yr 1) occurred in the northern taiga and in areas where land cover changed to larch closed-canopy forest. Our estimations indicate a general increase in total AGB throughout the investigated tundra-taiga and northern taiga, whereas the tundra showed no evidence of change in AGB within the 15 years from 2002 to 2017. In the third manuscript, potential future AGB changes were estimated based on the results of simulations of the individual-based spatially explicit vegetation model LAVESI using different climate scenarios, depending on Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 with or without cooling after 2300 CE. LAVESI-based AGB was simulated for the current state until 3000 CE for the northern tundra-taiga study area for larch species because we expect the most notable changes to occur will be associated with forest expansion in the treeline ecotone. The spatial distribution and current state of tree AGB was validated against AGB field data, AGB extracted from Landsat satellite data and a high spatial resolution image with distinctive trees visible. The simulation results are indicating differences in tree AGB dynamics plot wise, depending on the distance to the current treeline. The simulated tree AGB dynamics are in concordance with fundamental ecological (emigrational and successional) processes: tree stand formation in simulated results starts with seed dispersion, tree stand establishment, tree stand densification and episodic thinning. Our results suggest mostly densification of existing tree stands in the study region within the current century in the study region and a lagged forest expansion (up to 39% of total area in the RCP 8.5) under all considered climate scenarios without cooling in different local areas depending on the closeness to the current treeline. In scenarios with cooling air temperature after 2300 CE, forests stopped expanding at 2300 CE (up to 10%, RCP 8.5) and then gradually retreated to their pre-21st century position. The average tree AGB rates of increase are the strongest in the first 300 years of the 21st century. The rates depend on the RCP scenario, where the highest are as expected under RCP 8.5. Overall, this interdisciplinary thesis shows a successful integration of field data, satellite data and modelling for tracking recent and predicting future vegetation changes in mountainous subarctic regions. The obtained results are unique for the focus area in central Chukotka and overall, for mountainous high latitude ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 149 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Potsdam, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Contents Abbreviations Motivation 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.2 Study region 1.3 Aims and objectives 2 Materials and methods 3.1 Section 4 - Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 3.2 Section 5 - Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing 3.3 Section 6 - Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI 4 Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Field data collection and processing 2.2 Landsat data, pre-processing and spectral indices processing 2.3 Redundancy analysis (RDA) and classification approaches 3 Results 3.1 General characteristics of the vegetation field data 3.2 Relating field data to Landsat spectral indices in the RDA model 3.3 Land-cover classification 3.4 Land-cover change between 2000 and 2017 4 Discussion 4.1 Dataset limitations and optimisation 4.2 Vegetation changes from 2000/2001/2002 to 2016/2017 Conclusions Acknowledgements Data availability statement References Appendix A. Detailed description of Landsat acquisitions Appendix B. MODIS NDVI time series from 2000 to 2018 Appendix C. Landsat Indices values for each analysed vegetation site Appendix D. Fuzzy c-means classification for interpretation of uncertainties for land-cover mapping Appendix E. Validation of land-cover maps Appendix F. K-means classification results Appendix G. Heterogeneity of natural landscapes and mixed pixels of satellite data Appendix H. Distribution of land-cover classes and their changes by study area 5 Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region and field surveys 2.2 Above-ground biomass upscaling and change derivation 3 Results 3.1 Vegetation composition and above-ground biomass 3.2 Upscaling above-ground biomass using GAM 3.3 Change of above-ground biomass between 2000 and 2017 in the four focus areas 4 Discussion 4.1 Recent state of above-ground biomass at the field sites 4.2 Recent state of above-ground biomass upscaled for central Chukotka 4.3 Change in above-ground biomass within the investigated 15–16 years in central Chukotka 5 Conclusions Data availability statement Author contributions Competing interests Acknowledgements References Appendix A. Sampling and above-ground biomass (AGB) calculation protocol for field data 6 Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region 2.2 LAVESI model setup, parameterisation, and validation 2.2.4 LAVESI simulation setup for this study 2.2.5 Validation of the model’s performance 3 Results 3.1 Dynamics and spatial distribution changes of tree above-ground-biomass 3.2 Spatial and temporal validation of the contemporary larch AGB 4 Discussion 4.1 Future dynamics of tree AGB at a plot level 4.2 What are the future dynamics of tree AGB at the landscape level? 5 Conclusions Data availability Acknowledgements References Appendix B. Permutation tests for tree presence versus topographical parameters Appendix C. Landsat-based, field, and simulated estimations of larch above-ground biomass (AGB). 7 Synthesis 7.1 What changes in vegetation composition have happened from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.2 How have the above-ground biomass (AGB) distribution and rates changed from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.3 What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming centuries in the northern tundra-taiga from 2020 to 3000 CE on the plot level and landscape level? References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI S2-23-95057
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 593 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-367-13991-9
    Series Statement: Texts in statistical science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface Audience Teaching strategy How to use this book Installing the rethinking R package Acknowledgments Chapter 1. The Golem of Prague 1.1. Statistical golems 1.2. Statistical rethinking 1.3. Tools for golem engineering 1.4. Summary Chapter 2. Small Worlds and Large Worlds 2.1. The garden of forking data 2.2. Building a model 2.3. Components of the model 2.4. Making the model go 2.5. Summary 2.6. Practice Chapter 3. Sampling the Imaginary . . 3.1. Sampling from a grid-approximate posterior 3.2. Sampling to summarize 3.3. Sampling to simulate prediction 3.4. Summary 3.5. Practice Chapter 4. Geocentric Models 4.1. Why normal distributions are normal 4.2. A language for describing models 4.3. Gaussian model of height 4.4. Linear prediction 4.5. Curves from lines 4.6. Summary 4.7. Practice Chapter 5. The Many Variables & The Spurious Waffles 5.1. Spurious association 5.2. Masked relationship 5.3. Categorical variables 5.4. Summary 5.5. Practice Chapter 6. The Haunted DAG & The Causal Terror 6.1. Multicollinearity 6.2. Post-treatment bias 6.3. Collider bias 6.4. Confronting confounding 6.5. Summary 6.6. Practice Chapter 7. Ulysses' Compass 7.1. The problem with parameters 7.2. Entropy and accuracy 7.3. Golem taming: regularization 7.4. Predicting predictive accuracy 7.5. Model comparison 7.6. Summary 7.7. Practice Chapter 8. Conditional Manatees 8.1. Building an interaction 8.2. Symmetry of interactions 8.3. Continuous interactions 8.4. Summary 8.5. Practice Chapter 9. Markov Chain Monte Carlo 9.1. Good King Markov and his island kingdom 9.2. Metropolis algorithms 9.3. Hamiltonian Monte Carlo 9.4. Easy HMC: ulam 9.5. Care and feeding of your Markov chain 9.6. Summary 9.7. Practice Chapter 10. Big Entropy and the Generalized Linear Model 10.1. Maximum entropy 10.2. Generalized linear models 10.3. Maximum entropy priors 10.4. Summary Chapter 11. God Spiked the Integers 11.1. Binomial regression 11.2. Poisson regression 11.3. Multinomial and categorical models 11.4. Summary 11.5. Practice Chapter 12. Monsters and Mixtures 12.1. Over-dispersed counts 12.2. Zero-inflated outcomes 12.3. Ordered categorical outcomes 12.4. Ordered categorical predictors 12.5. Summary 12.6. Practice Chapter 13. Models With Memory 13.1. Example: Multilevel tadpoles 13.2. Varying effects and the underfitting/overfitting trade-off 13.3. More than one type of cluster 13.4. Divergent transitions and non-centered priors 13.5. Multilevel posterior predictions 13.6. Summary 13.7. Practice Chapter 14. Adventures in Covariance 14.1. Varying slopes by construction 14.2. Advanced varying slopes 14.3. Instruments and causal designs 14.4. Social relations as correlated varying effects 14.5. Continuous categories and the Gaussian process 14.6. Summary 14.7. Practice Chapter 15. Missing Data and Other Opportunities 15.1. Measurement error 15.2. Missing data 15.3. Categorical errors and discrete absences 15.4. Summary 15.5. Practice Chapter 16. Generalized Linear Madness 16.1. Geometric people 16.2. Hidden minds and observed behavior 16.3. Ordinary differential nut cracking 16.4. Population dynamics 16.5. Summary 16.6. Practice Chapter 17. Horoscopes Endnotes Bibliography Citation index Topic index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: 9783030523244 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book investigates the multifaceted nature of change in today’s Nordic Arctic and the necessary research and policy development required to address the challenges and opportunities currently faced by this region. It focuses its attention on the recent efforts of the Nordic community to create specialized Centers of Excellence in Arctic Research in order to facilitate this process of scientific inquiry and policy articulation. The volume seeks to describe both the steps that lead to this decision and the manner in which this undertaking as evolved. The work highlights the research efforts of the four Centers and their investigations of a variety of issues including those related to ecosystem and wildlife management, the revitalization resource dependent communities, the emergence of new climate-born diseases and the development of adequate modeling techniques to assist northern communities in their efforts at adaptation and resilience building. Major discoveries and insights arising from these and other efforts are detailed and possible policy implications considered. The book also focuses attention on the challenges of creating and supporting multidisciplinary teams of researchers to investigate such concerns and the methods and means for facilitating their collaboration and the integration of their findings to form new and useful perspectives on the nature of change in the contemporary Arctic. It also provides helpful consideration and examples of how local and indigenous communities can be engaged in the co-production of knowledge regarding the region. The volume discusses how such research findings can be best communicated and shared between scientists, policymakers and northern residents. It considers the challenges of building common concern not just among different research disciplines but also between bureaucracies and the public. Only when this bridge-building effort is undertaken can true pathways to action be established. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030523244 , 978-3-030-52324-4
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I 1 An Introduction / Douglas C. Nord 2 NordForsk as a Facilitator of Integrated Research on the Arctic / Gunnel Gustafsson Part II 3 CLINF: Climate-Change Effects on the Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases, and the Associated Impacts on Northern Societies / Birgitta Evengård and Tomas Thierfelder 4 CLINF: An Integrated Project Design / Tomas Thierfelder and Birgitta Evengård 5 Modeling Climate Sensitive Infectious Diseases in the Arctic / Gia Destouni, Zahra Kalantari, Shaun Quegan, Didier Leibovici, Juha Lemmetyinen, and Jaakko Ikonen 6 Reindeer Herding and Coastal Pastures: Adaptation to Multiple Stressors and Cumulative Effects / Grete K. Hovelsrud, Camilla Risvoll, Jan Åge Riseth, Hans Tømmervik, Anna Omazic, and Ann Albihn Part III 7 The ARCPATH Project: Assessing Risky Environments and Rapid Change: Research on Climate, Adaptation and Coastal Communities in the North Atlantic Arctic / Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, Yongqi Gao, Níels Einarsson, Noel Keenlyside, and Leslie A. King 8 The Climate Model: An ARCPATH Tool to Understand and Predict Climate Change / Shuting Yang, Yongqi Gao, Koenigk Torben, Noel Keenlyside, and François Counillon 9 Whale Ecosystem Services and Co-production Processes Underpinning Human Wellbeing in the Arctic: Case Studies from Greenland, Iceland and Norway / Laura Malinauskaite, David Cook, Brynhildur Davíðsdóttir, and Helga Ögmundardóttir 10 “Small Science”: Community Engagement and Local Research in an Era of Big Science Agendas / Catherine Chambers, Leslie A. King, David Cook, Laura Malinauskaite, Margaret Willson, Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, and Níels Einarsson Part IV 11 Project ReiGN: Reindeer Husbandry in a Globalizing North–Resilience, Adaptations and Pathways for Actions / Øystein Holand, Jon Moen, Jouko Kumpula, Annette Löf, Sirpa Rasmus, and Knut Røed 12 What Drives the Number of Semi-domesticated Reindeer? Pasture Dynamics and Economic Incentives in Fennoscandian Reindeer Husbandry / Antti-Juhani Pekkarinen, Jouko Kumpula, and Olli Tahvonen 13 Reindeer Herders as Stakeholders or Rights-Holders? Introducing a Social Equity-Based Conceptualization Relevant for Indigenous and Local Communities / Simo Sarkki, Hannu I. Heikkinen, and Annette Löf 14 Working Together: Reflections on a Transdisciplinary Effort of Co-producing Knowledge on Supplementary Feeding in Reindeer Husbandry Across Fennoscandia / Tim Horstkotte, Élise Lépy, and Camilla Risvoll Part V 15 Is There Such a Thing as ‘Best Practice’? Exploring the Extraction/Sustainability Dilemma in the Arctic / Sverker Sörlin 16 When Mines Go Silent: Exploring the Afterlives of Extraction Sites / Dag Avango and Gunhild Rosqvist 17 Mining Emotions: Affective Approaches to Resource Extraction / Frank Sejersen and Kirsten Thisted Part VI 18 The Challenge of Synthesis: Lessons from Arctic Climate Predictions: Pathways to Resilient, Sustainable Societies (ARCPATH) / Leslie A. King and Astrid E. J. Ogilvie 19 The Assessment and Evaluation of Arctic Research – Where Have We Come From and Where Do We Need to Go in the Future? / Andre van Amstel, Amy Lauren Lovecraft, Maureen Biermann, Roberta Marinelli, and Douglas C. Nord 20 Findings and Conclusions: Pathways to Action / Douglas C. Nord
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: 9783030752781 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the improvement and dissemination of knowledge on methods, policies and technologies for increasing the sustainability of development by de-coupling growth from natural resources and replacing them with knowledge-based economy, taking into account its economic, environmental and social pillars, as well as methods for assessing and measuring sustainability of development, regarding water and environment. This book gathers scholar and experts in related fields. All attendees from a vast range of companies, universities and government institutions acquire advanced technical knowledge and are introduced to new fields through discussions that focus on their own specialties as well as a variety of interdisciplinary areas. The authors hope most of scholars can find what they really need in this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 343 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030752781 , 978-3-030-75278-1
    ISSN: 1863-5520 , 1863-5539
    Series Statement: Environmental science and engineering
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Solar Thermal Energy Production in DSF Applied in the Human Comfort Improvements / Eusébio Conceição, Ma Inês Conceição, Ma Manuela Lúcio, João Gomes, André Ramos, and Hazim Awbi 2 Hydraulics Geometry Analysis of UPNM Channel / Zuliziana Suif, Saiful Syazwan Wahi Anuar, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Siti Khadijah Che Osmi 3 Productivity Enhancement of Solar Still Distillation System Using Immersion-Type Water Heater / Nordila Ahmad, Norhasirah Mohd Isa, Zuliziana Suif, Maidana Othman, Jestin Jelani, and Jaafar Adnan 4 Stability Analysis of a Man-Made Slope: A Case Study on the UPNM Campus, Sg Besi, Kuala Lumpur / Jestin Jelani, Mohamad Saiful Adli Hah, Mohd Nazrin Mohd Daud, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Wan Mohamed Syafuan Wan Mohamed Sabri 5 Comparison of the Full-Scale Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant Designs Consisting of Modified Bardenpho Process with and Without Membrane Bioreactor for Nutrient Removal: Cost Analysis / Shahryar Jafarinejad 6 Analysis of the Influence of Wax Precipitation and Paraffin Control Technology on Environmental Protection / Deyin Zhao, Yi Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, Lirong Yao, and Gaojie Liang 7 Impact of Abandoned Oil Well on Ecological Environment and Analysis of Geothermal Exploitation / Lirong Yao, Yi Zhao, Deyin Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, and Jinbao Li 8 Numerical Evaluation of the Temperature Distribution in a Tree Trunk in a Forest Fire Environment / Eusébio Conceição, João Gomes, Maria Manuela Lúcio, Jorge Raposo, Domingos Xavier, and Maria Teresa Viegas 9 Analysis of Soluble Organic Polar Fractions from Sea Salt by GC–MS / Guo-hua Chang, Kang-ping Zhao, Bin Yue, Zhuo-xin Yin, Xiao-ke Li, and Hai-li Sun 10 Microplastics in Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plants: Dynamic Distribution, Seasonal Variation, and Removal Efficiencies / Sujarat Saiwaree and Vorapot Kanokkantapong 11 Spatial–Temporal Variation Analysis on Ecosystem Service Values in a Typical Inland River Basin, Northwest China / Mingtao Li, Lingfen Kang, and Chuancheng Zhao 12 Transportation of Chromium(VI) from Hydrochloric Acid Medium via a Dispersion Supported Liquid Membrane Using N235 / Yingxue Li, Yijian Zhong, Jiaheng Wu, Qingsong Shao, Xiaoyan Chen, and Yan Zhu 13 Effects of Important Factors on Determination of Metals in Soil Samples Using Hand-Held X-ray Fluorescence / Zhuoxin Yin, Yijun Wen, Weidong Chen, Fanxiang Han, Guohua Chang, and Caiping Yao 14 Collaboration Mapping in Sustainable Development: A Case Study from Haze in Chiang Mai / Pongtip Thiengburanathum 15 Greywater Treatment in Continuous Flow Solar Photocatalytic Reactor Using Graphite Supported Nitrogen-Doped TiO2 / Kumari Priyanka, Neelancherry Remya, and Manaswini Behera 16 Effect of Current and Electrodes Area to Color Removal Efficiency and Energy Consumption by Electrocoagulation Process / Bang-on Nareerob and Ponlakit Jitto 17 Accessing the Sustainable Developments Principle of Protection of the Mekong River’s Water Resources / Thuy Hang Tran, Hong Hanh Pham, and Thanh Hoa Ha 18 Key Technology and Economic Analysis of Using Fujiang River Water as the Cooling and Heating Sources for Air Conditioning System / Zhang Wei, Fu Daoyou, Yao Mingqiang, and Gan Shiyuan 19 Highly Effective Magnetic Silica-Chitosan Hybrid for Sulfate Ion Adsorption / Sukamto, Yuichi Kamiya, Bambang Rusdiarso, and Nuryono 20 Statistical Analysis of Water and Sediment Research in Heilongjiang River Basin / Ning Yu, Lei Zhang, Jun Li, and Yousheng Wang 21 Empowering Citizens’ Resilience - The FLOODLABEL / P. Meier, H. Meyer, A. Schüttrumpf, and G. Johann 22 Sustainable Environmental Planning of a Tourist Destination Bulgaria - State and Trends / Elenita Velikova 23 Analytical Approach for Sustainable Multi-Objective Management of Sediment-Algae Dynamics / Hidekazu Yoshioka and Saya Hashimoto 24 From Convergent to Ecological Transition—Challenges for the Management and Regional Development of Bulgaria / Georgi Tsolov and Nikola Tanakov 25 Comparison Methods of Carbon Oil Sorbents Hardening / Elena Ushakova, Liliya Soloveva, and Andrey Ushakov 26 Integration of Experimental and Numerical Methods to Investigate the Effect of Hydraulic Retention Time on Ultrafiltration Membrane Fouling / Meng Yao, Ting Chen, Zhilin Ran, Xiaoqing Dong, and Guosheng Wang 27 Using Electrodialysis to Recycle Chemical Polishing Agent from Anodizing Industry / Jih-Hsing Chang, Mohanraj Kumar, and Shan-Yi Shen 28 Methodological Aspects of Strategic Regional Planning for Achieving Sustainable Development in Bulgaria / Georgi Nikolov, Elka Vasileva, and Desislava Botseva 29 Study on the Model of Construction Safety Risk Evaluation Coupling Multiple Factors in Navigable Waters / Hui Sun, Yuchi Hao, Jiaming Qu, Ping Zhu, and Runli Tao 30 Distribution Characteristics of Plastic Particles in Coastal and Beach of Hsinchu, Taiwan / Ying-Fang Hsu, Feng-Hsin Chang, Pei-Yi Feng, Hsiao-Chien Huang, Chi-Yu Chuang, Shinhao Yang, and Wei-Ting Liu
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: 9783030332082 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Until recently, the prevailing view of marine life at high latitudes has been that organisms enter a general resting state during the dark Polar Night and that the system only awakens with the return of the sun. Recent research, however, with coordinated, multidisciplinary field campaigns based on the high Arctic Archipelago of Svalbard, have provided a radical new perspective. Instead of a system in dormancy, a new perspective of a system in full operation and with high levels of activity across all major phyla is emerging. Examples of such activities and processes include: Active marine organisms at sea surface, water column and the sea-floor. At surface we find active foraging in seabirds and fish, in the water column we find a high biodiversity and activity of zooplankton and larvae such as active light induced synchronized diurnal vertical migration, and at seafloor there is a high biodiversity in benthic animals and macroalgae. The Polar Night is a period for reproduction in many benthic and pelagic taxa, mass occurrence of ghost shrimps (Caprellides), high abundance of Ctenophores, physiological evidence of micro- and macroalgal cells that are ready to utilize the first rays of light when they appear, deep water fishes found at water surface in the Polar night, and continuous growth of bivalves throughout the winter. These findings not only begin to shape a new paradigm for marine winter ecology in the high Arctic, but also provide conclusive evidence for a top-down controlled system in which primary production levels are close to zero. In an era of environmental change that is accelerated at high latitudes, we believe that this new insight is likely to strongly impact how the scientific community views the high latitude marine ecosystem. Despite the overwhelming darkness, the main environmental variable affecting marine organisms in the Polar Night is in fact light. The light regime during the Polar Night is unique with respect to light intensity, spectral composition of light and photoperiod. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 375 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (farbig)
    ISBN: 9783030332082 , 978-3-030-33208-2
    ISSN: 2468-5720 , 2468-5712
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology volume 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, and Jonathan H. Cohen 2 The Marine Physical Environment During the Polar Night / Finlo Cottier and Marie Porter 3 Light in the Polar Night / Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Mark A. Moline, Geir Johnsen, and Artur P. Zolich 4 Marine Micro- and Macroalgae in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Eva Leu, and Rolf Gradinger 5 Zooplankton in the Polar Night / Jørgen Berge, Malin Daase, Laura Hobbs, Stig Falk-Petersen, Gerald Darnis, and Janne E. Søreide 6 Benthic Communities in the Polar Night / Paul E. Renaud, William G. Ambrose Jr., and Jan Marcin Węsławski 7 Fish Ecology During the Polar Night / Maxime Geoffroy and Pierre Priou 8 Biological Clocks and Rhythms in Polar Organisms / Kim S. Last, N. Sören Häfker, Vicki J. Hendrick, Bettina Meyer, Damien Tran, and Fabio Piccolin 9 Sensor-Carrying Platforms / Asgeir J. Sørensen, Martin Ludvigsen, Petter Norgren, Øyvind Ødegård, and Finlo Cottier 10 Operative Habitat Mapping and Monitoring in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Aksel A. Mogstad, Jørgen Berge, and Jonathan H. Cohen 11 Life and Light at the Dead of Night / Jørgen Berge and Geir Johnsen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030526559 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the atmosphere of our planet, and discusses historical and contemporary achievements in meteorological science and technology for the betterment of society. The book explores many significant atmospheric phenomena and physical processes from the local to global scale, as well as from the perspective of short and long-term time scales, and links these processes to various applications in other scientific disciplines with linkages to meteorology. In addition to addressing general topics such as climate system dynamics and climate change, the book also discusses atmospheric boundary layer, atmospheric waves, atmospheric chemistry, optics/photometeors, electricity, atmospheric modeling and numeric weather prediction. Through its interdisciplinary approach, the book will be of interest to researchers, students and academics in meteorology and atmospheric science, environmental physics, climate change dynamics, air pollution and human health impacts of atmospheric aerosols. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 437 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030526559 , 978-3-030-52655-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References 2 Meteorology as a Natural Science 2.1 Definition of the Atmosphere 2.2 Methods of Research of the Atmosphere 2.2.1 Experimental Method of Research 2.3 Relationship Between Meteorology and Other Sciences 2.4 Classification of Meteorology 2.4.1 Classification Based on the Studied Area 2.4.2 Classification According to the Scale of Processes 2.5 The Modern Term of Meteorology References 3 Historical Background 3.1 Aristotle’s Meteorologica 3.2 Early Research Period 3.3 Modern Research Period References 4 Structure and Composition of the Atmosphere 4.1 Earth Spheres 4.2 Basic Characteristics of the Atmosphere 4.3 Origin of the Atmosphere 4.4 Chemical Composition of the Atmosphere 4.5 Significant Atmospheric Gases 4.5.1 General Facts About the Atmosphere 4.6 Atmospheric Structure 4.6.1 Thermal Structure of the Atmosphere 4.7 Magneto-electronic Structure References 5 Energy and Radiation 5.1 Basic Features 5.2 Radiation Laws 5.3 Electromagnetic Radiation 5.4 Solar Radiation 5.4.1 Solar Constant 5.4.2 Direct Solar Radiation 5.4.3 Diffused Solar Radiation (D) 5.4.4 Solar Radiation Factors 5.4.5 Temporal and Spatial Changes in Insolation 5.5 Optical Radiation 5.5.1 UV Index 5.5.2 UV Index Factors 5.6 Ozone Layer 5.7 Earth Longwave Radiation 5.7.1 Earth’s Annual and Global Mean Energy Budget 5.7.2 Earth’s Heat Balance 5.7.3 Earth Radiation Budget and the Planetary Temperature 5.7.4 The Simple Greenhouse Model References 6 Atmospheric Thermodynamics 6.1 Definition 6.1.1 Thermodynamic System 6.2 An Ideal Gas Law 6.2.1 The Equation of State of Dry Air 6.2.2 The Equation of State of Moist Air 6.3 First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.3.1 The First Principle of Thermodynamics for an Ideal Gas 6.3.2 Enthalpy 6.3.3 Poisson Equations 6.3.4 Potential Temperature 6.3.5 Implementation of the First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4 The Second Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4.1 Definition of Entropy 6.4.2 Summary on Reversible and Irreversible Processes References 7 Air Temperature 7.1 Air Temperature Definition 7.2 Heat and Temperature 7.2.1 Heat Transfer 7.3 Temperature Factors 7.3.1 Heat Advection 7.4 Temperature Changes 7.4.1 Daily Insolation and Pure Radiation 7.4.2 Daily Air Temperature Distribution 7.4.3 Vertical Temperature Change 7.4.4 Adiabatic Changes of Temperature 7.4.5 Temperature Inversion 7.4.6 Global Distributions of Temperature 7.4.7 Surface Temperatures 7.4.8 Urban Heat Island 7.5 Temperature Scales 7.6 Isotherms 7.7 Latitudinal Heat Balance References 8 Atmospheric Pressure and Wind 8.1 Mass of the Atmosphere 8.2 Definition of Atmospheric Pressure 8.3 Geopotential 8.4 Barometric Pressure Distribution 8.4.1 Pressure Gradient 8.4.2 Isobars 8.4.3 Isohypses 8.4.4 Hydrostatic Balance 8.5 Pressure Systems 8.6 Daily Pressure Distribution 8.7 Reduction of the Surface Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure (MSL) 8.8 Hydrostatic Equilibrium (Approximation) 8.9 Standard Atmosphere 8.10 Barotropic vs Baroclinic Atmosphere 8.11 Reduction on Atmospheric Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure 8.12 Stream Field 8.13 Definition of Wind 8.14 Classification of the Winds 8.14.1 Permanent Wind 8.14.2 Trade Winds 8.14.3 Anti-trade Winds 8.14.4 Periodic Winds 8.14.5 Local Winds 8.14.6 Land and Sea Breezes 8.14.7 Mountain and Valley Winds 8.14.8 Katabatic Winds References 9 Atmospheric Stability 9.1 Air Stability 9.2 Static Atmospheric Stability 9.3 Stability Due to Air Movement 9.4 Convective Instability 9.5 Low-Level Inversions References 10 Atmospheric Moisture 10.1 Water Vapour in the Atmosphere 10.2 Air Moisture Quantities 10.3 The Relative Humidity 10.4 The Moisture Deficit 10.5 A Dew Point Temperature 10.6 The Phase Changes 10.7 Condensation and Evaporation References 11 Clouds and Precipitation 11.1 Formation of Clouds 11.1.1 Air Saturation Mechanism 11.1.2 Adiabatic Cooling 11.1.3 Water Vapour Supply by Air Mixing 11.1.4 Mixing and Diffusion 11.1.5 Diabatic Cooling 11.1.6 Formation of Cloud Elements 11.1.7 Precipitation 11.1.8 The Mechanism of Ice Nucleation 11.1.9 Classification of the Microprocesses 11.2 Cloud Definition and Classification 11.2.1 Cloud Classification 11.2.2 Cloud Classification by Form 11.2.3 Cloud Classification Based on Height 11.2.4 International Cloud Classification 11.2.5 Cloud Classification by Composition 11.2.6 Classification by Mechanism of Formation 11.2.7 Special Clouds 11.3 Fog 11.3.1 Fog Types and Formation 11.4 Hydrometeors 11.4.1 Precipitation 11.4.2 Orographic Rainfall 11.4.3 Convective Rainfall 11.4.4 Frontal Rainfall References 12 Atmospheric Motion 12.1 Real Forces 12.1.1 Pressure Gradient Force 12.1.2 Gravity 12.1.3 Friction 12.2 The Forces That Are the Effects of Earth’s Rotation 12.2.1 Centrifugal Force 12.2.2 Coriolis Force (C) 12.3 Some Common Resultant Forces 12.3.1 Earth’s Gravity Force 12.3.2 Buoyancy Force 12.4 Atmospheric Motion 12.4.1 The Equation of Motion in a System Rotating Together with the Earth 12.5 Application of the Equations of Horizontal Motion 12.5.1 Geostrophic Wind (V g) 12.5.2 Thermal Wind (V T ) 12.5.3 Gradient Wind 12.5.4 Quasi-geostrophic Equations of Motion 12.6 Vertical Motions in the Atmosphere 12.7 Vorticity Equation 12.8 Basic Characteristics of Vorticity 12.8.1 Positive Vorticity Advection PVA and Upward Air Motion References 13 Atmospheric Waves 13.1 Waves: General Features 13.2 Wave Equation 13.2.1 Mathematical Description of 1-D Waves 13.3 Atmospheric Waves 13.3.1 History Studying Atmospheric Waves 13.3.2 Atmospheric Waves: Definition 13.3.3 Factors that Form a Wave 13.3.4 Basic Wave Properties and Classification 13.4 The Mathematical Concept of Atmospheric Waves 13.4.1 Atmospheric Sound Waves 13.4.2 Gravity Waves 13.4.3 Inertial-Gravity Waves 13.4.4 Rossby Waves References 14 Atmospheric Boundary Layer (ABL) 14.1 ABL Historical Overview 14.2 ABL Definition and Basic Characteristics 14.2.1 ABL Significance 14.3 ABL Structure 14.3.1 Surface Layer 14.3.2 Mixing Layer 14.3.3 Residual Layer 14.3.4 Stable Boundary Layer 14.3.5 Free Atmosphere 14.4 Factors Influence on ABL Structure 14.4.1 The Neutral PBL 14.4.2 The Ekman Wind Spiral 14.4.3 Unstable Stratified Atmospheric Boundary Layer References 15 General Circulation of the Atmosphere 15.1 General Atmospheric Circulation Definition 15.2 Conceptual Model of the General Atmospheric Circulation 15.3 Three-Cell Model of Circulation 15.3.1 Circulation in Hadley Cell 15.3.2 Intertropical Convergence Zone 15.3.3 Zonal Pressure Patterns 15.3.4 Upper Tropospheric Wind and Pressure Patterns 15.4 The Wind Patterns 15.4.1 Eastern and Western Winds 15.5 Global Distribution of Pressure, Rainfall, and Climate 15.6 Ocean Circulation 15.6.1 Major Ocean Currents 15.7 Ocean Waves 15.8 Large-Scale Circulation Modes 15.8.1 North Atlantic (NAO) and Artic Oscillation (AO) 15.8.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 15.8.3 La Nina 15.9 Winds at the Regional Scale: Monsoon 15.10 Jet Streams 15.10.1 A Waiver Jet Stream 15.11 Rossby Planetary Waves References 16 Air Masses and Fronts 16.1 Definition of Air Masses 16.1.1 Air Mass Source Region 16.1.2 Formation Criteria 16.2 Air Mass Classification 16.2.1 Polar Continental and Artic Continental Air Masses (cP and cA) 16.2.2 Maritime Polar Air Masses (mP) 16.2.3 Tropical Maritime Air Masses (mT) 16.3 Air Mass Modification 16.4 Fronts (Frontal Boundaries) 16.4.1 Types of Weather Fronts 16.4.2 Occluded Fronts References 17 Cyclones and Anticyclones 17.1 General Terms 17.2 Low-Pressure Systems: Cyclones 17.2.1 Formation of Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.2 Life Cycle of the Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.3 Cyclone Movement 17.2.4 Upper Level Low 17.3 High-Pressure System: Anticyclone 17.4 Weather Conditions Associate with Cyclones and Anticyclones References 18 Tropical Storms 18.1 General Overview 18.2 Tropical Cyclone Formation 18.2.1 General Factors 18.2.2 The Basic Ingredients 18.3 Areas of Formation 18.4 Classification of Tropical Cyclones 18.5 Tropical Storm Structure 18.5.1 Cyclonic Eye 18.5.2 Eyewall
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94780
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 201 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of Figures List of Tables I Preamble 1 Introduction 1.1.1 The Journey from Weather to Climate 1.1.2 The Climate Background 1.1.3 Pollen as Quantitative Indicators of Past Changes 1.2 Overview and Aims of Manuscripts 1.2.1 List of Manuscripts 1.2.2 Short Summaries of the Manuscripts 1.3 Author Contributions to the Manuscripts II Manuscripts 2 Comparing estimation of techniques for temporal Scaling 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data and Methods 2.2.1 Scaling estimation methods 2.2.2 Evaluation of the estimators 2.2.3 Data 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Effect of Regular and Irregular Sampling 2.3.2 Effect of Time series length 2.3.3 Application to database 2.4 Discussion 2.5 Conclusions 3 Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales 4 Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and Method 4.2.1 Model simulations 4.2.2 The Last Glacial Maximum experiment 4.2.3 The mid Holocene experiment (midHolocene) 4.2.4 The warming experiments 1pctCO2 and abrupt4xCO2 4.2.5 Preprocessing of model simulations 4.2.6 Comparisons across the ensemble 4.2.7 Diagnosing variability changes 4.2.8 Changes in precipitation extremes 4.2.9 Timescale-dependence of the variability changes 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Hydrological sensitivity across the ensemble 4.3.2 Changes in local interannual variability 4.3.3 Changes in modes of variability 4.3.4 Circulation patterns underlying extratropical precipitation extremes 4.3.5 Changes in. the spectrum of variability 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Changes in climate variability with global mean temperature 4.4.2 Temperature vs. precipitation scaling 4.4.3 Comparison to climate reconstructions and observations 4.4.4 Limitations 4.5 Conclusions 5 Holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Data and Methods 5.2.1 Pollen Database 5.2.2 Principal Component Analysis 5.2.3 Timescale-dependent Estimates of Variability 5.2.4 Biome Classification 5.3 Results 5.3.1 General Vegetation Variability Analysis 5.3.2 Comparison of Forested and Open Land Vegetations 5.3.3 Comparison of Broadleaf and Needleleaf Fore ts 5.3.4 Comparison of Temperate and Boreal Coniferous Forests 5.3.5 Comparison of Evergreen and Deciduous Boreal Forests 5.4 Discussion 5.5 Conclusion III Postamble 6 General discussion and conclusion 6.1 Overview 6.2 Timescale-Dependent Estimates of Variability 6.3 Climate and Vegetation Variabilities in the Holocene 6.4 Implications for the 21th Century 6.5 Outlook IV Appendix A Supplementary figures from "Comparing estimation techniques for temporal scaling in paleo-climate timeseries" A.1 Block Average Results A.2 First-Order Correction for the Effect of Interpolation A.3 Change in Bias and Standard Deviation B Methods and supplementary information from "Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales" B.1 Methods B.1.1 Reconstructions B.1.2 Significance Testing B.1.3 Testing for Anthropogenic Impacts B.1.4 Instrumental Data B.1.5 Model Data B.1.6 Spectral Estimates B.1.7 Variance Ratios B.1.8 Sub-Decadal Variability Binning B.1.9 Correlation B.1.10 Moran's I B.2 Supplementary Information B.2.1 Tree Ring Data Analysis B.2.2 Energy-Balance Equations B.3 Extended Data Figures C Supplementary figures from "Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future" D Supplementary figures from "Characterization of holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere" Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030780135 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book describes the structure, composition and evolution of the Earth, the main geological processes occurring on it, and how some crucial environmental matters that are amply debated in the media (e.g. pollution, greenhouse effect) can be fully understood by placing them in the holistic context of the system Earth as a whole. It provides basic information on a series of key geological issues, from the structure and composition of the Earth to the large-scale processes that characterize our planet, such as rock alteration and sedimentation, magmatism, geomagnetism, seismicity, plate tectonics, cyclical migration of chemical elements through various Earth reservoirs (Geochemical Cycles), and evolution of the planet from Hadean to present. It intends to reach a wide readership, which is interested in our planet and wish to have a general and comprehensive view of its origin, evolution and activity. Potential readership includes undergraduate and advanced undergraduate students in Geology and other scientific disciplines, and any moderately- to well-educated people interested in the surrounding world and eager to gain a basic knowledge of the Earth and to reach an integrated view of how our planet is working. Includes debated issues of the environmental changes by framing them within the evolution and history of the Earth.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 223 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2021, corrected publication 2022
    ISBN: 9783030780135 , 978-3-030-78013-5
    Uniform Title: Aria, Acqua, Terra, Fuoco Come funziona il sistema Terra
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The World Hidden Beneath Us - Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Xenoliths, Meteorites, Earthquakes: Witnesses of the Underground World 1.3 The Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.3.1 The Compositional Layering: Core, Mantle, and Crust 1.3.2 The Mechanical Layering: Inner Core, Outer Core, Convective Mantle, and Lithosphere 1.4 Summary 1.5 Box 1.1 - Minerals and Rocks References 2 Air, Water, Earth - The Exogenic Geological Processes 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Rocks and Soils 2.3 The Atmosphere 2.4 The Hydrosphere 2.5 The Sedimentary Cycle: Air, Water and Earth at Work 2.5.1 Rocks Breakdown 2.5.2 Removal and Transportation of Weathering Products 2.5.3 Sediment Deposition 2.5.4 Diagenesis: Back to Rocks 2.6 The Remains of Mountains 2.7 The Fate of the Organic Matter 2.8 Summary 2.9 Box 2.1 - Water-Air-Earth Interaction: Some Basic Geochemistry 2.10 Box 2.2 - Limestone, a Most Meritorious Rock References 3 Fire - How Magmatism Shaped the Earth 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Magmas: What They Are, How They Form 3.3 Magmatism and the Structure of the Earth 3.3.1 From Chaos to Order 3.4 Volcanism 3.4.1 Types of Volcanic Eruptions 3.4.2 Volcanism and the Terrestrial Environment 3.4.3 Large Igneous Provinces and Mass Extinctions 3.5 Global Distribution of Magmatism 3.6 Summary 3.7 Box 3.1 - Magmatism: How and Why 3.7.1 Main Types of Magma 3.7.2 Ascent, Diversification and Solidification of Magmas 3.8 Box 3.2 - Heat Flow and Geothermal Energy 3.9 Box 3.3 - Magmatism and Ore Deposits References 4 Geomagnetism - The Space Shield of the Planet Earth 4.1 Introduction 4.2 The Earth’s Magnetic Field 4.3 Palaeomagnetism: The Magnetic Memory of Rocks 4.3.1 Magnetic Reversal 4.4 Palaeomagnetism, Continental Drift, and Ocean Floor Spreading 4.5 Summary 4.6 Box 4.1 - Geomagnetism: A Historical Perspective 4.7 Box 4.2 - Geomagnetism and the Biosphere References 5 Seismicity—The Breath of a Restless Earth 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Rock Failure, Earthquakes, and Faults 5.2.1 Stress and Rock Deformation 5.2.2 Earthquakes and Faults 5.3 Seismic Waves 5.4 Seismographs and Seismograms 5.5 Earthquake Magnitude, Intensity and Frequency 5.6 Global Distribution of Earthquakes 5.7 Summary 5.8 Box 5.1- Earthquake Effects, Prediction, Forecasting, and Mitigation References 6 Plate Tectonics - The Great Unifying Theory 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Fixism Versus Mobilism 6.2.1 The Theory of Continental Drift 6.2.2 From Continental Drift to Plate Tectonics 6.3 Plate Tectonics: The Framework 6.4 The Plate Boundaries 6.4.1 Divergent Boundaries 6.4.2 Convergent Boundaries 6.4.3 Transform Boundaries 6.5 Why Do Plates Move? 6.6 Where, When and Why Does Subduction Start 6.7 Summary 6.8 Box 6.1 - Linear Volcanism and Hotspots 6.9 Box 6.2 - The Continents References 7 Geochemical Cycles - The Circulatory System of Planet Earth 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Geochemical Cycles: Some Definitions 7.3 The Water Cycle 7.4 The Sodium Cycle 7.5 The Carbon Biogeochemical Cycle 7.6 The Phosphorus Biogeochemical Cycle 7.7 The Nitrogen Biogeochemical Cycle 7.8 The Oxygen Cycle 7.9 The Iron Cycle 7.10 The Geochemical Cycles of Lead and Arsenic 7.11 Summary 7.12 Box 7.1 The Rock Cycle 7.13 Box 7.2 The Geochemical Cycles and the Age of the Earth References 8 The Geochemical Cycles and the Environment - How Man is Changing the Earth 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Geochemical Cycles and Environmental Pollution 8.2.1 Toxic Elements 8.2.2 Phosphorus and Nitrogen Compounds 8.3 Environmental Aspects of the Carbon Cycle 8.3.1 CO2 and the Ocean Acidification 8.3.2 CO2 and the Greenhouse Effect 8.3.3 CO2 and Climatic Change: A Geological Perspective 8.3.4 A Lesson for the Future 8.4 Plastic Waste Pollution 8.5 Summary 8.6 Box 8.1 - Stable Isotopes: Measuring the Temperature of the Past 8.6.1 Some Basics of Isotope Geochemistry 8.6.2 The Delta Notation 8.6.3 Oxygen-Hydrogen Isotope Geothermometry 8.7 Box 8.2 - CO2 Sequestration: The message from Decameron References 9 From Hadean to Anthropocene - The Endless Story of a Lucky Planet 9.1 Introduction 9.2 From the Solar Nebula to the Formation of Planets 9.3 Hadean: The Hellish Aeon (~4600–4000 Ma) 9.4 Archaean (4000–2500 Ma): The Dawn of Life and the Start of Modern Plate Tectonics 9.5 Proterozoic (2500–541 Ma): Oxygen, Eukaryotes, Supercontinents 9.6 Phanerozoic: The explosion of Complex Organisms (541–0 Ma) 9.6.1 The Spread of Animals and Plants 9.7 Finally, The Anthropocene 9.8 The Gaia Hypothesis 9.9 Summary 9.10 Box 9.1 - Geochronology: How Ages of Rocks, Fossils and Geologic Events Are Determined 9.10.1 Relative Age of Rocks and Fossils 9.10.2 Absolute Age References 10 Epilogue 10.1 The Earth Anomaly 10.2 The Best of All Possible Worlds 10.3 Historical Times, Geological Times 10.4 Technology, Natural Resources and Environmental Impact 10.5 Natura, Non Nisi Parendo Vincitur Correction to: Air, Water, Earth, Fire Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: 9789811614903 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively summarizes the biological mechanisms of coloration and pattern formation of animals at molecular and cellular level, offering up-to-date knowledge derived from remarkable progress in the last 10 years. The brilliant coloration, conspicuous patterns and spectacular color changes displayed by some vertebrates and invertebrates are generally their strategies of the utmost importance for survival. Consists of mainly three parts, starts with introductory chapter, such as Pigments and Pigment Organelles, Developmental Genetics of Pigment Cell Formation, Adult Pigment Patterns, and Color Changes, this book introduces new pigment compounds in addition to classically known pigments and organelles, explains how the generation of multiple types of pigment cell is genetically controlled, describes the mechanisms underlying the zebrafish stripe formation as well as other animals and also summarizes the mechanism of physiological and morphological color changes of teleost, amphibian and cephalopod. Written by experts in the field, this book will be essential reading for graduate students and researchers in biological fields who are interested in pigmentation mechanisms of animals.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 472 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811614903 , 978-981-16-1490-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Pigments and Pigment Organelles 1 Pigments in Insects / Ryo Futahashi and Mizuko Osanai-Futahashi 2 Melanins in Vertebrates / Kazumasa Wakamatsu and Shosuke Ito 3 Body Color Expression in Birds / Toyoko Akiyama and Keiji Kinoshita 4 Pigments in Teleosts and their Biosynthesis / Tetsuaki Kimura 5 Bioluminescence and Pigments / José Paitio and Yuichi Oba Part II Pigment Cell and Patterned Pigmentation 6 Development of Melanin-Bearing Pigment Cells in Birds and Mammals / Heinz Arnheiter and Julien Debbache 7 Pigment Cell Development in Teleosts / Hisashi Hashimoto, Makoto Goda, and Robert N. Kelsh 8 Pigment Patterning in Teleosts / Jennifer Owen, Christian Yates, and Robert N. Kelsh 9 Theoretical Studies of Pigment Pattern Formation / Seita Miyazawa, Masakatsu Watanabe, and Shigeru Kondo 10 Evolution of Pigment Pattern Formation in Teleosts / David M. Parichy and Yipeng Liang 11 Mechanisms of Feather Structural Coloration and Pattern Formation in Birds / Shinya Yoshioka and Toyoko Akiyama 12 Mechanism of Color Pattern Formation in Insects / Yuichi Fukutomi and Shigeyuki Koshikawa Part III Color Changes 13 Physiological and Morphological Color Changes in Teleosts and in Reptiles / Makoto Goda and Takeo Kuriyama 14 Color Change in Cephalopods / Yuzuru Ikeda 15 Physiological and Biochemical Mechanisms of Insect Color Change Towards Understanding Molecular Links / Minoru Moriyama
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: 9783030863906 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is of paramount importance in the fields of engineering and applied sciences, given that through the values obtained by these procedures, many structures, like spillways of dams and highway culverts, are designed and constructed. The main aim of this book is to provide procedures for implementing many probability distribution functions, all of them based on using a standard and a common computational application known as Excel, which is available to any personal computer user. The computer procedures are given in enough detail, so readers can develop their own Excel worksheets. All the probability distribution functions in the book have schemes to estimate its parameters, quantiles, and confidence limits through the methods of moments and maximum likelihood.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVII, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030863906 , 978-3-030-86390-6
    ISSN: 2730-6674 , 2730-6682
    Series Statement: Earth and environmental sciences library
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Brief History of Natural Extreme Events 1.3 Motivation and Goals 1.4 Chapter Outline 2 Basic Notions of Probability and Statistics for Natural Extreme Events Frequency Analyses 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Chapter Objectives 2.3 Basic Notions of Theory of Probability 2.3.1 Definition of Probability 2.3.2 Random Variables 2.3.3 Probability Distribution Functions 2.3.4 Probability Density Functions 2.3.5 Non-exceedance and Exceedance Probabilities 2.3.6 Return Period 2.4 Basic Notions of Statistics 2.4.1 Moments of a Distribution 2.4.2 Measures of Central Tendency 2.4.3 Measures of Dispersion 2.4.4 Measures of Symmetry 2.4.5 Measures of Peakedness 2.4.6 Descriptive Statistics 2.5 Methods for the Estimation of Parameters of Probability Distribution Functions 2.5.1 The Method of Moments (MOM) 2.5.2 The Method of Maximum Likelihood (ML) 2.5.3 The Method of Probability Weighted Moments (PWM) 2.6 Quantile Estimation and Frequency Factor 2.7 Plotting Position Formulas 2.8 Confidence Limits 2.9 Standard Errors of Estimates 2.9.1 MOM Method 2.9.2 ML Method 2.9.3 PWM Method 2.10 Plotting the Extreme Value Data and Models 2.10.1 Normal Probability Paper 2.10.2 Gumbel’s Probability Paper 2.11 Goodness of Fit Tests 2.11.1 The Standard Error of Fit 2.11.2 The Mean Absolute Relative Deviation 2.11.3 The Akaike’s Information Criterion 2.12 Outliers Tests 2.12.1 The Grubbs and Beck Test 2.13 Test for Independence and Stationarity 2.14 Test for Homogeneity and Stationarity 3 Normal Distribution 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Chapter Objectives 3.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 3.4 Estimation of Parameters 3.4.1 MOM Method 3.4.2 ML Method 3.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the NOR Distribution 3.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the NOR Distribution 3.6 Goodness of Fit Test 3.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM-ML Estimators of the Parameters of the NOR Distribution 3.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the NOR Distribution 3.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the NOR Distribution 3.8.1 MOM Method 3.8.2 ML Method 3.9 Examples of Application for the NOR Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 3.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 3.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 3.9.3 Wave Height Frequency Analysis 3.9.4 Maximum Annual Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 4 Two-Parameters Log-Normal Distribution 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Chapter Objectives 4.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 4.4 Estimation of the Parameters 4.4.1 MOM Method 4.4.2 ML Method 4.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LN2 Distribution 4.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the LN2 Distribution 4.6 Goodness of Fit Test 4.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LN2 Distribution 4.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the LN2 Distribution 4.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the LN2 Distribution 4.8.1 MOM Method 4.8.2 ML Method 4.9 Examples of Application for the LN2 Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 4.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 4.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 4.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 4.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 5 Three-Parameters Log-Normal Distribution 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Chapter Objectives 5.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 5.4 Estimation of the Parameters 5.4.1 MOM Method 5.4.2 ML Method 5.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LN3 Distribution 5.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM Quantiles for the LN3 Distribution 5.6 Goodness of Fit Test 5.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LN3 Distribution 5.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the LN3 Distribution 5.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the LN3 Distribution 5.8.1 MOM Method 5.8.2 ML Method 5.9 Examples of Application for the LN3 Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 5.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 5.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 5.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 5.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 6 Gamma Distribution 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Chapter Objectives 6.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 6.4 Estimation of the Parameters 6.4.1 MOM Method 6.4.2 ML Method 6.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the GAM Distribution 6.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the GAM Distribution 6.6 Goodness of Fit Test 6.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the GAM Distribution 6.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the GAM Distribution 6.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the GAM Distribution 6.8.1 MOM Method 6.8.2 ML Method 6.9 Examples of Application for the GAM Distribution Using Excel ® Spreadsheets 6.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 6.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 6.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 6.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 7 Pearson Type III Distribution 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Chapter Objectives 7.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 7.4 Estimation of the Parameters 7.4.1 MOM Method 7.4.2 ML Method 7.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the PIII Distribution 7.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the PIII Distribution 7.6 Goodness of Fit Test 7.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the PIII Distribution 7.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the PIII Distribution 7.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the PIII Distribution 7.8.1 MOM Method 7.8.2 ML Method 7.9 Examples of Application for the PIII Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 7.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 7.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 7.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 7.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 8 Log-Pearson Type III Distribution 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Chapter Objectives 8.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 8.4 Estimation of the Parameters 8.4.1 MOM Method 8.4.2 ML Method 8.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.1 Estimation of MOM1, MOM2 and ML Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.2 Estimation of WRC Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.3 Examples of Estimation of MOM1, MOM2, WRC and ML Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.6 Goodness of Fit Test 8.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM1, WRC and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LPIII Distribution 8.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution 8.7.1 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution for MOM1, MOM2, and ML Methods 8.7.2 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution for WRC Method 8.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the LPIII Distribution 8.8.1 MOM Method 8.8.2 ML Method 8.9 Examples of Application for the LPIII Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 8.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 8.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 8.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 8.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 9 Extreme Value Type I Distribution 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Chapter Objectives 9.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 9.4 Estimation of the Parameters 9.4.1 MOM Method 9.4.2 ML Method 9.4.3 PWM Method 9.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the EVI Distribution 9.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM, ML and PWM Quantiles for the EVI Distribution 9.6 Goodness of Fit Test 9.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM, ML and PWM Estimators of the Parameters of the EVI Distribution 9.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the EVI Distribution 9.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the EVI Distribution 9.8.1 MOM Method 9.8.2 ML Method 9.8.3 PWM Method 9.9 Examples of Application for the EVI Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 9.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 9.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 9.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 9.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analy
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam, The Netherlands : Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128160602 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (554 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9780128160602
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Acknowledgements Chapter 1 - The restless ocean Chapter 2 - Frameworks, data, and methods Chapter 3 - Surface drift, gyres, and the fate of plastic Chapter 4 - Western boundary currents and drifting organisms Chapter 5 - Eastern boundary currents, upwelling, and high biological productivity Chapter 6 - The tropical oceans, interannual climate variability, and ecosystem adaptation Chapter 7 - From the northern subpolar oceans to the Arctic and its retreating sea ice Chapter 8 - From the Southern Ocean to Antarctica and its changing ice shelves Chapter 9 - Processes and flows in marginal seas Chapter 10 - Ocean boundaries, connectivity, and inter-ocean exchanges Chapter 11 - The global circulation and transformation of water masses Chapter 12 - Ocean currents, heat transport, and climate Epilogue: Looking ahead Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: 9783030509309 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (907 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: 9780128171301 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (786 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 978-0-12-817130-1
    Series Statement: Hazards and disasters series
    Former Title: Snow and ice-related hazards, risks, and disasters (1. Auflage, Druckausgabe)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors Editorial foreword Preface CHAPTER 1 Snow and ice-related hazards, risks, and disasters: Facing challenges of rapid change and long-term commitments / Wilfried Haeberli and Colin Whiteman 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Costs and benefits: Living with snow and ice 1.3 Small and large, fast and slow, local to global: Dealing with constraints 1.4 Beyond historical experience: Monitoring, modeling, and managing rapid and irreversible changes Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 2 Physical, thermal, and mechanical properties of snow, ice, and permafrost / Lukas Arenson (U.), William Colgan, and Hans Peter Marshall 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Density and structure 2.2.1 Snow 2.2.2 Ice 2.2.3 Frozen ground/permafrost 2.3 Thermal properties 2.3.1 Snow 2.3.2 Ice 2.3.3 Frozen ground 2.4 Mechanical properties 2.4.1 Brittle behavior 2.4.2 Ductile behavior 2.5 Electromagnetic and wave properties 2.5.1 Snow 2.5.2 Ice 2.5.3 Frozen ground 2.6 Summary Acknowledgment References.. CHAPTER 3 Snow and ice in the climate system / Atsumu Ohmura 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Physical extent of the cryosphere 3.3 Climatic conditions of the cryosphere 3.3.1 Snow cover 3.3.2 Sea ice 3.3.3 Permafrost 3.3.4 Glaciers References CHAPTER 4 Snow and ice in the hydrosphere / Jan Seibert, Michal Jenicek, Matthias Huss, Tracy Ewen, and Daniel Viviroli 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Snow accumulation and melt 4.2.1 Snowpack description 4.2.2 Snow accumulation 4.2.3 Snow redistribution, metamorphism, and ripening process 4.2.4 Snowpack development 4.2.5 Snowmelt 4.3 Glaciers and glacial mass balance 4.3.1 Glacier mass balance 4.3.2 Glacial drainage system 4.3.3 Modeling glacier discharge 4.4 Hydrology of snow- and ice-covered catchments 4.4.1 Influence of snow on discharge 4.4.2 Snowmelt runoff and climate change 4.4.3 Influence of glaciers on discharge 4.4.4 River ice 4.4.5 Seasonally frozen soil and permafrost 4.5 Concluding remarks References CHAPTER 5 Snow, ice, and the biosphere / Terry V. Callaghan and Margareta Johansson 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Adaptations to snow, ice, and permafrost. 5.3 Snow and ice as habitats 5.4 Snow as a moderator of habitat 5.4.1 Modification of winter habitat 5.4.2 Modification of nonwinter habitat 5.4.3 Effects of changing snow on the biosphere 5.5 Ice as a moderator of habitat 5.5.1 Mechanical effects of ice 5.5.2 Effects of changing lake and river ice on the biosphere 5.5.3 Effects of changing sea ice on the biosphere 5.6 Permafrost as a moderator of habitat 5.6.1 Effects of changing permafrost on the biosphere 5.6.2 Snow-permafrost-vegetation interactions 5.7 Vegetation as a moderator of snow, ice, and permafrost habitats 5.8 Conclusions Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 6 Ice and snow as land-forming agents / Darrel A. Swift, Simon Cook, Tobias Heckmann, Isabelle Gärtner-Roer, Oliver Korup, and Jeffrey Moore 6.1 Glacial processes and landscapes 6.1.1 Erosion mechanisms and their controls 6.1.2 Landforms and associated hazards 6.1.3 Landscape evolution and rates of glacial incision 6.1.4 Recommended avenues for further research 6.2 Periglacial and permafrost processes and landforms 6.2.1 Landforms and processes related to seasonal frost and permafrost 6.3 The role of snow in forming landscapes 6.3.1 Influence of snow cover on geomorphic processes 6.3.2 Snow-related geomorphic processes and landforms 6.3.3 Potential impacts of global change on snow-related geomorphic processes 6.3.4 Quantifying rates 6.3.5 Modeling 6.4 Conclusions and outlook Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 7 Mountains, lowlands, and coasts: The physiography of cold landscapes / Tobias Bolch and Hanne H. Christiansen 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Physiography of the terrestrial cryosphere 7.2.1 High altitudes/mountains 7.2.2 Cold lowlands 7.2.3 Cold coasts 7.3 Glaciers and ice sheets: Extent and distribution 7.4 Permafrost types, extent, and distribution 7.5 Glacier-permafrost interactions References CHAPTER 8 A socio-cryospheric systems approach to glacier hazards, glacier runoff variability, and climate change / Mark Carey, Graham McDowell, Christian Huggel, Becca Marshall, Holly Moulton, Cesar Portocarrero, Zachary Provant, John M. Reynolds, and Luis Vicuña 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Integrated adaptation in dynamic socio-cryospheric systems 8.3 Glacier and glacial lake hazards 8.3.1 Cordillera Blanca, Peru 8.3.2 Santa Teresa, Peru 8.3.3 Nepal 8.4 Volcano-ice hazards 8.5 Glacier runoff, hydrologic variability, and water use hazards 8.5.1 Nepal 8.5.2 Peru 8.6 Coastal resources and hazards 8.7 Discussion and conclusions Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 9 Integrative risk management: The example of snow avalanches / Michael Bründl and Stefan Margreth 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Risk analysis 9.2.1 Hazard analysis 9.2.2 Exposure and vulnerability analysis 9.2.3 Consequence analysis and calculation of risk 9.3 Risk evaluation 9.3.1 Evaluation of individual risk 9.3.2 Evaluation of collective risk 9.4 Mitigation of risk 9.4.1 Meaning of mitigation of risk 9.4.2 Technical avalanche mitigation measures 9.4.3 Land-use planning 9.4.4 Biological measures and protection forests 9.4.5 Organizational measures 9.5 Methods and tools for risk assessment and evaluation of mitigation measures 9.6 Case study “Evaluation of avalanche mitigation measures for Juneau, Alaska” 9.6.1 Introduction 9.6.2 Avalanche situation 9.6.3 Hazard analysis 9.6.4 Consequence analysis and risk evaluation 9.6.5 Protection measures 9.6.6 Conclusions 9.7 Final remarks References CHAPTER 10 Permafrost degradation / Dmitry Streletskiy 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Drivers of permafrost and active-layer change across space and time 10.2.1 Role of climate: Air temperature and liquid precipitation 10.2.2 Role of topography 10.2.3 Role of vegetation and snow 10.2.4 Role of soil properties 10.3 Observed permafrost and active-layer changes 10.4 Permafrost modeling and forecasting 10.5 Permafrost degradation and infrastructure hazards 10.5.1 Buildings on permafrost 10.5.2 Pipelines on permafrost 10.5.3 Railroads, roads, and utility on permafrost 10.6 Coastal erosion and permafrost 10.7 Summary Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 11 Radioactive waste under conditions of future ice ages / Urs H. Fischer, Anke Bebiolka, Jenny Brandefelt, Denis Cohen, Joel Harper, Sarah Hirschorn, Mark Jensen, Laura Kennell, Johan Liakka, Jens-Ove Näslund, Stefano Normani, Heidrun Stück, and Axel Weitkamp 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Timing of future glacial inception 11.2.1 Introduction 11.2.2 Definition of glacial inception 11.2.3 Controlling factors of glacial inception 11.2.4 Future long-term variations of insolation and atmospheric greenhouse gas concentrations 11.2.5 Modeling of future glacial inception 11.2.6 Timing of future glacial inception and concluding remarks 11.3 The glacier ice-groundwater interface: Constraints from a transect of the modern Greenland Ice Sheet 11.3.1 Background 11.3.2 Basal thermal state 11.3.3 Framework of the ice-bed interface 11.3.4 Basal water 11.3.5 Summary 11.4 Deep glacial erosion in the Alpine Foreland of northern Switzerland 11.4.1 Background 11.4.2 Ice age conditions 11.4.3 Processes of glacial erosion and glacial overdeepening 11.4.4 Water flow in overdeepenings 11.4.5 Deep glacial erosion in the Swiss Plateau 11.4.6 Future research focus 11.5 Tunnel valleys in Germany and their relevance to the long-term safety of nuclear waste repositories 11.5.1 Background 11.5.2 Formation of tunnel valleys 11.5.3 Tunnel valleys in Northern Germany 11.5.4 Tunnel valleys in the German North Sea 11.5.5 Glacial overdeepening in Southern Germany 11.5.6 Impact of tunnel valley formation on host rocks 11.6 Assessment of glacial impacts on geosphere stability and barrier capacity—Canadian perspective 11.6.1 Background 11.6.2 Bruce Nuclear Site—Location and geologic setting Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 12 Snow avalanches / Jürg Schweizer, Perry Bartelt, and Alec van Herwijnen 12.1 Introduction 12.2 The avalanche phenomenon 12.3 Avalanche release 12.3.1 Dry-snow avalanches 1
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: 9783030789275 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book is based on results from the Russian expedition in the region of the Antarctic Peninsula and Powell Basin in the northern part of the Weddell Sea, as well as on the review of earlier research in the region. The main goal of the research was to collect the newest data and study the physical properties and ecology of this key region of the Southern Ocean. Data analysis is supplemented with numerical modeling of the atmosphere-ocean interaction and circulation in the adjacent region, including research on rogue waves. The focus of the study was the Antarctic Circumpolar Current, currents and water properties in the Bransfield Strait and Antarctic Sound, properties of seawater, currents, ecosystem and biological communities in the Powell Basin of the northwestern Weddell Sea, and their variations. An attempt is made to reveal the role of various components of the Antarctic environment in the formation of biological productivity and maintenance of the Antarctic krill population. This is especially important as in the last decades the Antarctic environment has experienced significant changes related to the global climatic trends.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 455 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030789275
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology Volume 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Atmosphere-Ocean Interaction and Physical Oceanography 1 Geostrophic and Wind-Driven Components of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current / Nikolay A. Diansky, Varvara V. Bagatinskaya, Anatoly V. Gusev, and Eugene G. Morozov 2 Multi-jet Structure of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current / Roman Yu Tarakanov 3 Frontal Zone Between Relatively Warm and Cold Waters in the Northern Weddell Sea / Eugene G. Morozov, Viktor A. Krechik, Dmitry I. Frey, Alexander A. Polukhin, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Valentina V. Kasyan, Philipp V. Sapozhnikov, and Rinat Z. Mukhametianov 4 Water Masses, Currents, and Phytoplankton in the Bransfield Strait in January 2020 / Eugene G. Morozov, Dmitry I. Frey, Viktor A. Krechik, Alexander A. Polukhin, and Philipp V. Sapozhnikov 5 Intra-annual Variability of Water Structure in the Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean Based on the ECMWF ORA-S3 and OI SST Reanalysis / Yuri V. Artamonov, Elena A. Skripaleva, Alexander V. Fedirko, and Nikolay V. Nikolsky 6 The Circulation and Mixing Zone in the Antarctic Sound in February 2020 / Alexander V. Krek, Elena V. Krek, and Viktor A. Krechik 7 Rogue Waves in the Drake Passage: Unpredictable Hazard / Ekaterina G. Didenkulova, Tatiana G. Talipova, and Efim N. Pelinovsky 8 Water Mass Transformation in the Powell Basin / Alina A. Fedotova and Svetlana V. Stepanova 9 Interannual Variations of Water Mass Properties in the Central Basin of the Bransfield Strait / Alina A. Fedotova and Sergey V. Kashin 10 Sea Surface Temperature and Ice Concentration Analysis Based on the NOAA Long-Term Satellite and Sea-Truth Data in the Atlantic Antarctic / Viktor V. Zamshin and Vladislav A. Shliupikov Part II Chemical Oceanography, Seawater Optical Properties, Productivity and Microbial Processes 11 Hydrochemical Structure of Waters in the Northern Weddell Sea in Austral Summer 2020 / Svetlana V. Stepanova, Alexander A. Polukhin, Gennadii V. Borisenko, Anna L. Chultsova, Evgeniia N. Marina, Oleg S. Popov, Anna M. Seliverstova, Anna V. Vidnichuk, and Petr P. Tishchenko 12 Features and Processes of the Oxygen and pCO2 Dynamics in the Surface Waters in the Western Parts of the Weddell and Scotia Seas (Southern Ocean) / Natalia A. Orekhova, Anna V. Vidnichuk, and Sergey K. Konovalov 13 Earth’s Insolation and Spatiotemporal Variability of Albedo in the Antarctic / Anton A. Bukatov and Margarita V. Babiy 14 Quantitative and Productional Characteristics of Microplankton in the Powell Basin and Bransfield Strait in Summer / Nadezda D. Romanova, Sergey A. Mosharov, Olga V. Vorobieva, and Elena V. Bardyukova 15 Detection of Thermophilic Methanotrophic Microbial Communities in the Water Column of the Bransfield Strait (Antarctica) / Anna L. Ponomareva, Nikita S. Polonik, Aleksandra V. Kim, and Renat B. Shakirov 16 Spectral Bio-optical Properties of Waters in the Bransfield Strait and Powell Basin / Tanya Ya Churilova, Nataliia A. Moiseeva, Tatiana V. Efimova, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Elena Y. Skorokhod, and Anatoly S. Buchelnikov 17 Variability of Seawater Optical Properties in the Adjacent Water Basins of the Antarctic Peninsula in January and February 2020 / Alexandr A. Latushkin, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Anton V. Garmashov, Pavel A. Salyuk, Inna V. Sahling, and Dmitry I. Glukhovets 18 Bio-Optical Models for Estimating Euphotic Zone Depth in the Western Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean in the Antarctic Summer / Pavel A. Salyuk, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Dmitry I. Glukhovets, Alexander N. Khrapko, Anatoly V. Grigoriev, Alexandr A. Latushkin, and Nadezda D. Romanova 19 Phycoerythrin Pigment Distribution in the Upper Water Layer Across the Weddell-Scotia Confluence Zone and Drake Passage / Pavel A. Salyuk, Dmitry I. Glukhovets, Alexander Yu. Mayor, Natalia A. Moiseeva, Vladimir A. Artemiev, and Alexander N. Khrapko 20 Nanophytoplankton in the Bransfield Strait: Contribution of Cryptophyta to the Community Abundance and Biomass During Austral Summer / Vladimir S. Mukhanov, Evgeny G. Sakhon, Aleksander A. Polukhin, and Vladimir A. Artemiev Part III Section Marine Ecosystems and Their Oceanographical Background 21 Phytopelagic Communities of the Powell Basin in the Summer of 2020 / Philipp V. Sapozhnikov, Olga Yu. Kalinina, and Tatiana V. Morozova 22 Bioluminescence in the Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean Based on the Field Observations and Sounding Data / Aleksandr V. Melnik, Viktor V. Melnikov, Lidiya A. Melnik, Olga V. Mashukova, and Sergei V. Kapranov 23 Parasites as an Inseparable Part of Antarctic and Subantarctic Marine Biodiversity / Tatyana A. Polyakova and Ilya I. Gordeev 24 Spatial Distribution, Species Composition, and Number of Seabirds in the Argentine Basin, Drake Passage, East of Antarctic Peninsula, and Powell Basin in January–March 2020 / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Alexander L. Mischenko, Nikolai B. Konyukhov, Alexander E. Dmitriyev, Andrey V. Tretyakov, Gleb Yu. Pilipenko, Svetlana M. Artemyeva, and Matvey S. Mamayev 25 Spatial Distribution, Species Composition, and Number of Marine Mammals in the Argentine Basin, Drake Passage, East of Antarctic Peninsula, and Powell Basin in January–March 2020 / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Andrey V. Tretyakov, Alexander L. Mischenko, Nikolai B. Konyukhov, Svetlana M. Artemyeva, Gleb Yu. Pilipenko, Matvey S. Mamayev, and Alexander E. Dmitriyev 26 Meat in the Ocean: How Much and Who Is to Blame? / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Andrey V. Tretyakov, and Alexander L. Mischenko 27 Macro- and Mesozooplankton in the Powell Basin (Antarctica): Species Composition and Distribution of Abundance and Biomass in February 2020 / Vladimir A. Yakovenko, Vassily A. Spiridonov, Konstantin M. Gorbatenko, Nickolai V. Shadrin, Ernest Z. Samyshev, and Natalia I. Minkina 28 Application of Autonomous Underwater Vehicles for Research of Ecosystems in the Southern Ocean / Alexander Yu. Konoplin, Alexey I. Borovik, Denis N. Mikhailov, Yuriy V. Vaulin, Alexander F. Scherbatyuk, Alexey A. Boreiko, Roman A. Babaev, Dmitriy A. Bolovin, and Dmitriy I. Tregubenko 29 Heavy Metals and Anthropogenic Radionuclides in the Region of the Antarctic Peninsula / Artem A. Paraskiv, Natalia Yu. Mirzoeva, Nataliya N. Tereshchenko, Vladislav Yu. Proskurnin, Ilya G. Sidorov, Svetlana I. Arkhipova, and Eugene G. Morozov
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95540
    In: World ocean review, 8
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 243 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-733-8 , 9783866487338
    Series Statement: World ocean review 8
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Kapitel 1 Dringlichst gesucht – Wege aus der Klimakrise Alarmstufe Rot für Mensch und Natur Lösungen für das Treibhausgas-Problem? CONCLUSIO: Die Klimakrise kennt nur eine Lösung: Treibhausgasneutralität Kapitel 2 Die Rolle des Ozeans im Kohlenstoffkreislauf der Erde Wie der Ozean Kohlendioxid aufnimmt CONCLUSIO: Kohlenstoffspeicher Ozean: Riesig, effizient und in Gefahr 67 Kapitel 3 Das ungenutzte Klimaschutzpotenzial der Ökosysteme an Land Wälder, Wiesen und Böden als Kohlenstoffspeicher CONCLUSIO: Lösungen, die viel zu selten umgesetzt werden Kapitel 4 Marine CDR-Verfahren: Forschung unter Zeit- und Erwartungsdruck Ein Ozean der Möglichkeiten oder gefährlicher Hype? Kapitel 5 Mehr Kohlenstoffeinlagerung in Wiesen und Wäldern des Meeres? Blue Carbon: Ein Lösungsansatz mit doppeltem Nutzen CONCLUSIO: Küstenökosysteme: Marine Kohlenstoffsenke mit unverzichtbaren Zusatzleistungen Kapitel 6 Künstlicher Auftrieb: Die Idee von der Begrünung des Ozeans Eine Anschubhilfe für die biologische Kohlenstoffpumpe CONCLUSIO: Künstlicher Auftrieb – Prädikat: „nur bedingt nützlich“ Kapitel 7 Gezielte Eingriffe in die Meereschemie Alkalinitätserhöhung: Verfahren in den Kinderschuhen CONCLUSIO: Alkalinitätserhöhung – theoretisch verstanden, im Feld jedoch kaum getestet Kapitel 8 Kohlendioxid verpressen tief unter dem Meer Gasspeicherung in Sandsteinschichten und Basaltgestein CONCLUSIO: Kohlendioxidspeicherung unter dem Meer: Ein umstrittenes Verfahren im Aufwind Kapitel 9 Leitprinzipien und Regeln für einen Einsatz mariner CDR-Verfahren Wie regelt man eine verstärkte CO2-Aufnahme des Meeres? CONCLUSIO: Regulierung möglicher CDR-Einsätze: Gebraucht werden klare Strategien und Vorschriften Gesamt-Conclusio Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum .
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    facet.materialart.12
    Stevenage, England : The Institution of Engineering and Technology
    Call number: 978-1-78561-602-0 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (344 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published 2020
    ISBN: 978-1-78561-602-0
    Series Statement: Electromagnetics and radar series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents About the editors Foreword 1 Introduction / Gerardo Di Martino and Antonio Iodice 1.1 Maritime surveillance 1.2 Synthetic aperture radar systems 1.2.1 SAR principles and main SAR missions 1.2.2 Coherent nature of SAR systems: polarimetry, interferometry, and speckle 1.3 Book organization 1.3.1 Part I: Models and techniques 1.3.2 Part II: Applications References Part I: Models and techniques 2 Scattering models / Daniele Riccio, Giuseppe Ruello, Pasquale Iervolino and Raffaella Guida 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Sea surface models 2.2.1 Spectral representation 2.2.2 First order representation 2.3 Electromagnetic scattering from the sea surface 2.4 Scattering models for a ship 2.4.1 RCS estimation of a canonical ship 2.4.2 RCS distribution 2.4.3 Uncertainty budget analysis 2.4.4 Model inaccuracy and validation References 3 Acquisition modes / Gerardo Di Martino, Antonio Iodice and Andrea Monti-Guarnieri 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Stripmap mode 3.3 Staring spotlight mode 3.4 Sliding spotlight mode 3.5 ScanSAR mode 3.6 TOPSAR mode 3.7 Wave mode 3.8 Experimental modes 3.8.1 Low-PRF mode 3.8.2 Coprime SAR 3.8.3 Compressive sensing SAR 3.8.4 Staggered SAR 3.9 Summary References 4 SAR polarimetry / Maurizio Migliaccio, Ferdinando Nunziata and Andrea Buono 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Polarimetric SARs 4.3 Radar polarimetry 4.4 Target scattering decomposition 4.5 Polarimetric sea surface scattering 4.6 Conclusions Acknowledgments List of acronyms References 5 Ambiguity problems and their mitigation / Gerardo Di Martino, Antonio Iodice and Domenico Velotto 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Azimuth ambiguity modeling 5.3 Azimuth ambiguity mitigation in single channel SAR images 5.3.1 Point-like targets 5.3.2 Distributed targets 5.4 Azimuth ambiguity mitigation in polarimetric SAR images 5.4.1 Method based on polarimetric analysis 5.4.2 Methods based on relation between channels 5.5 Summary Acknowledgments References Part II: Applications 6 Ship detection / Gui Gao, Sheng Gao, Juan He and Kazuo Ouchi 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Ship detection in single-channel SAR images 6.2.1 Sublook spectral analysis 6.2.2 CFAR 6.2.3 Adaptive threshold 6.3 Statistical models of sea clutter 6.3.1 Brief survey of state-of-the-art models 6.3.2 Several known models 6.4 Ship detection in multichannel SAR images 6.4.1 Brief survey on detection methods of conventional multipolarization 6.4.2 Several recent methods of conventional multipolarization 6.4.3 Brief survey on detection methods of compact polarization 6.4.4 Brief survey on detection methods of along-track interferometry References 7 Monitoring of intertidal areas and coastal habitats / Martin Gade 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Signatures of sea bottom topography 7.3 Monitoring of temporal changes 7.4 Derivation of roughness parameters 7.5 Detection of habitats 7.6 Archaeological surveys 7.7 Summary References 8 Sea ice and icebergs / Wolfgang Dierking 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Microwave response of ice 8.3 Operational sea ice mapping 8.3.1 Manual generation of ice charts 8.3.2 Toward automated segmentation and classification 8.3.3 Incidence angle sensitivity 8.3.4 Melting conditions 8.4 Advanced measurement techniques 8.4.1 Polarimetry 8.4.2 Multifrequency 8.4.3 Interferometry 8.5 Ice displacement and deformation 8.6 Icebergs 8.7 Validation 8.8 Conclusions Acknowledgments References 9 SAR oil spill imaging, interpretation and information retrieval techniques / Camilla Brekke and Cathleen E. Jones 9.1 Information items requested and gaps 9.2 Challenges 9.2.1 Polarization diversity 9.2.2 Imaging repeat interval 9.2.3 The weather window 9.2.4 Transport and weathering of oil pollutants 9.2.5 False alarms 9.3 Interpretation and modeling 9.3.1 Contrast drivers 9.3.2 Surface scattering models 9.3.3 Influence of instrument noise 9.4 Dark slick detection and characterization techniques 9.4.1 Slick detection and segmentation 9.4.2 Slick type discrimination 9.4.3 Slick transport and evolution 9.5 Concluding remarks and outlook Acknowledgments References 10 Joint use of SAR and collaborative signals / Raffaella Guida, Pasquale Iervolino and Maximilian Rodger 10.1 Interoperability opportunities in the maritime scenario 10.2 Collaborative signals 10.2.1 Automatic identification system (AIS) 10.2.2 Vessel monitoring system (VMS) 10.2.3 Long-range identification tracking (LRIT) 10.2.4 VHF data exchange system (VDES) 10.3 Applications 10.3.1 Ship detection and tracking 10.4 Main challenges References 11 Sea state and wind speed / Gerardo Di Martino and Antonio Iodice 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Sea surface statistical description 11.2.1 Sea surface waves 11.2.2 Sea surface modeled as a stochastic process 11.3 SAR images of the sea surface 11.4 Sea surface spectra retrieval using SAR images 11.5 Wind speed retrieval using SAR images 11.6 Concluding remarks and ocean monitoring further applications References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: AWI A4-23-95497
    Description / Table of Contents: Extreme weather and climate events are one of the greatest dangers for present-day society. Therefore, it is important to provide reliable statements on what changes in extreme events can be expected along with future global climate change. However, the projected overall response to future climate change is generally a result of a complex interplay between individual physical mechanisms originated within the different climate subsystems. Hence, a profound understanding of these individual contributions is required in order to provide meaningful assessments of future changes in extreme events. One aspect of climate change is the recently observed phenomenon of Arctic Amplification and the related dramatic Arctic sea ice decline, which is expected to continue over the next decades. The question to what extent Arctic sea ice loss is able to affect atmospheric dynamics and extreme events over mid-latitudes has received a lot of attention over recent years and still remains a highly debated topic. In this respect, the objective of ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 126 Seiten , Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , CONTENTS 1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS 1.1 Extreme events and attribution 1.2 Arctic climate change and mid-latitude linkages 1.3 Research questions 2 FOUNDATIONS 2.1 Atmospheric basics 2.1.1 Governing equations 2.1.2 Zonal wind and temperature profiles 2.1.3 Atmospheric waves and instabilities 2.1.4 Large-scale variability patterns and blocking 2.2 Atmospheric circulation regimes 2.2.1 Dynamical concepts 2.2.2 Regime computation 2.2.3 Regime number 2.3 Arctic climate change 2.3.1 Recent trends in Arctic sea ice and temperatures 2.3.2 Surface fluxes and energy balance in Arctic regions 2.3.3 Polar amplification mechanisms 2.3.4 Arctic-mid-latitude linkages 2.4 Weather and climate extremes 2.4.1 Recent trends 2.4.2 Dynamical driver of temperature extremes 3 DATA AND METHODS 3.1 ERA5 reanalysis 3.2 Model experiments 3.2.1 The atmospheric general circulation model ECHAM6 3.2.2 Polar Amplification Intercomparison Project data 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Statistical significance 3.3.2 Extreme definition 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4.1 Mean circulation in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.1.1 Climatological mean states in ERA5 and the reference simulation 4.1.2 Climatological responses in ECHAM6 sensitivity experiments 4.2 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes 4.2.1 Regime structures in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.2.2 Regime frequency changes in ERA 4.2.3 Regime frequency changes in ECHAM6 experiments 4.3 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss 4.3.1 Extreme occurrence frequency changes 4.3.2 Temperature return level changes 4.4 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe 4.4.1 Winter temperature extremes 4.4.2 Summer heat extremes 4.4.3 Winter wind extremes 4.5 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes 4.5.1 Midwinter cold extremes along a SCAN storyline 4.5.2 January warm extremes along a ATl- storyline 4.5.3 February warm extremes along a NAO+ storyline 4.5.4 Comparison with futSST 4.5.5 January wind extremes along a ATL- storyline 4.6 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season 4.6.1 ERA5 event definitions 4.6.2 Reference flows and analogues in ERA5 4.6.3 Circulation analogues in ECHAM6 experiments 4.6.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced changes in European heat extremes 5 CONCLUSION 5.1 Summary 5.2 Final discussion and outlook Appendix A METHODS A.1 Principal Component Analysis A.2 𝑘-Means clustering A.2.1 Algorithm A.2.2 Computation of circulation regimes A.3 Taylor diagram A.4 Regression model for describing ERA5 regime frequency changes A.4.1 General setup A.4.2 Multinomial Logistic Regression A.4.3 Linear predictor A.5 Definition and calculation of return levels A.5.1 Block maxima approach and Generalized Extreme Value distribution A.5.2 Return level estimation A.6 Framework for conditional extreme event attribution Appendix B ADDITIONAL FIGURES B.1 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes B.2 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss B.3 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe B.3.1 Conditioned vs. unconditioned ERA5 and wind extreme probabilities B.3.2 Wind and synoptic-scale activity anomalies B.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes B.5 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season B.6 Miscellaneous B.6.1 Recent Arctic sea ice trends B.6.2 futSST forcing field B.6.3 Fluxes over sea ice and ocean surfaces in ECHAM6 BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Wilmette, Ill. : Snow Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-70
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 70
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 93 Seiten , Karten
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 70
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: Preface. - Summary. - Chapter I. Introduction. - Operations and logistics. - Chapter II. Methods of investigation. - Region of investigation. - Pit studies. - Elevation measurements. - Chapter Ill. Stratigraphy and accumulation. - Introduction. - Diagenesis without melt. - Diagenesis with melt. - Diagenetic facies defined on glaciers. - Grain size. - Description of three stratigraphic features. - Principles of stratigraphic interpretation. - Selection of a reference datum in the annual stratigraphic sequence. - Stratigraphic correlation. - Distribution of annual accumulation. - Independent checks on the stratigraphic interpretations. - Chapter IV. Temperature distribution. - Seasonal temperature variation on the snow surface. - Seasonal temperature variation below the snow surface. - Distribution of mean annual temperature on the ice sheet. - Chapter V. Diagenetic facies- a classification of glaciers. - Temperature. - Hardness. - Density. - Glacier facies - a classification of glaciers. - Chapter VI. Densification of snow and firn. - Load-volume relationship. - Depth-density relationship. - Chapter VII. Climatological implications. - Introduction. - Katabatic winds and accumulation. - Annual heat exchange. - The balance of the Greenland Ice Sheet. - References. - Appendix A: Stratigraphy, meteorology and glaciology. - Appendix B: Mean annual temperature. - Appendix C: The data sheets.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Aarhus] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-20-93484
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-15-3
    Language: English
    Note: INTERACT STATIONS SVALBARD, NORWAY 1 AWIPEV Arctic Research base 2 CNR Arctic Station "Dirigibile ltalia" 3 Ny-Ålesund Research Station- Sverdrup 4 UK Arctic Research Station 5 Netherlands' Arctic Station 6 Adam Mickiewicz University Polar Station - Petuniabukta 7 Czech Arctic Research Station of Josef Svoboda 8 Polish Polar Station, Hornsund NORWAY 9 Finse Alpine Research Centre 10 Nibio Svanhovd Research Station SWEDEN 11 Svartberget Research Station 12 Tarfala Research Station 13 Abisko Scientific Research Station FINLAND 14 Kilpisjarvi Biological Station 15 Pallas-Sodankyla Stations 16 Kolari Research Unit 17 Hyytiälä Forest Research Station 18 Kainuu Fisheries Research Station 19 Oulanka Research Station 20 Varrio Subarctic Research Station 21 Kevo Subarctic Research Station SWITZERLAND 22 Alpine Research and Education Station Furka AUSTRIA 23 Station Hintereis 24 Sonnblick Observatory CZECH REPUBLIC 25 Krkonose Mountains National Park POLAND 26 Karkonosze Mountains National Park 27 M&M Klapa Research Station RUSSIA 28 Lammin-Suo Peatland Station 29 Khibiny Educational and Scientific Station 30 The Arctic Research Station 31 Mukhrino Field Station 32 Numto Park Station 33 Khanymey Research Station 34 Beliy Island Research Station 35 Willem Barentsz Biological Station 36 lgarka Geocryology Laboratory 37 Kajbasovo Research Staton 38 Aktru Research Station 39 Evenkian Field Station 40 International Ecological Educational Center "lstomino" 41 Research Station Samoylov Island 42 Spasskaya Pad Scientific Forest Station 43 Elgeeii Scientific Forest station 44 Chokurdakh Scientific Tundra Station 45 Orotuk Field Station 46 AvachinskyVolcano Field Station 47 North-East Science Station 48 Meinypil'gyno Community Based Biological Station KYRGYZ REPUBLIC 49 Adygine Research Station ALASKA 50 Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory 51 Toolik Field Station CANADA 52 Kluane Lake Research Station 53 Western Arctic Research Centre 54 Canadian High Arctic Research Station 55 M'Clintock Channel Polar Research Cabins 56 Churchill Northern Studies Centre 57 Flashline Mars Arctic Research Station 58 Polar Environment Atmospheric Research Laboratory 59 CEN Ward Hunt Island Research Station 60 CEN Bylot Island Field Station 61 lgloolik Research Center 62 CEN Salluit Research Station 63 CEN Boniface River Field Station 64 CEN Umiujaq Research Station 65 CEN Whapmagoostui-Kuujjuarapik Research Station 66 CEN Radisson Ecological Research Station 67 CEN Clearwater Lake Research Station 68 Nunavut Research Institute 69 CEN Kangiqsualujjuaq Sukuijarvik Research Station 70 Uapishka Research Station 71 Labrador Institute Research Station GREENLAND 72 DMI Geophysical Observatory- Qaanaaq 73 Arctic Station 74 Arctic DTU, ARTEK Research Station 75 Greenland Institute of Natural Resources 76 Sermilik Research Station 77 Summit Station 78 EGRIP Field Station 79 Zackenberg Research Station 80 Villum Research Station ICELAND 81 Sudurnes Science and Learning Center 82 Litla-Skard 83 China-lceland Arctic Observatory 84 Rif Field Station 85 Skálanes Nature and Heritage Center FAROE ISLANDS 86 Faroe Islands Nature Investigation SCOTLAND 87 ECN Cairngorms
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-107
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 107
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: The formation of lake ice was studied during the winter of 1956-57 at Post Pond, Lyme, N. H. Tabular, columnar, granular, and crenulate textures of 36 blocks of ice observed are discussed in terms of relative growth velocity and shown in a classification chart. Ice structures are characterized by Forel striations, Tyndall figures, bubbles and strain shadows. Average crystal areas increased with ice thickness, the rate of increase being greater toward lake center, and ceased to enlarge when in a continuous bubble layer. The lake-ice sheet grew both from top and bottom, .downward growth resulting from crystals in a favorable vertical orientation of a-axes and upward growth coming about by water flowing on the original upper ice surface and freezing. Exception to this type of growth was found in the lake area which froze first, where individual crystal areas were larger at the surface and there was no upper surface ice accretion. Fabric diagrams of ice outside the anomolous area show a change of optic axis orientation from a high percentage of c-axes vertical near the surface to a high percentage horizontal at the bottom.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 22, A2, B1 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 107
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Description of the lake Cli rna te of the lake Methods of study Ice textures Crystal size Ice structures Crystal fabric studies Growth of an ice sheet References Appendix A: Weather data Appendix B: Sample data
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-108
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 108
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: The theory of snow densification is further developed on the basis of an exponential relation between viscosity and density. A linear relation between load-stress and strain rate is not valid for high stresses, and is replaced by a hyperbolic sine function. An empirical function is given for the temperature cycle correction. Two equations are derived for calculating depth-density curves with computers, and a simplified one for use with desk calculators. Instructions are given for determination of function parameters from field data. Four depth-density curves for Greenland and Antarctic locations are computed and graphed to show that the theory is useful.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 18, A3, B5 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 108
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Notation Stress analysis Analysis of densification process Non-Newtonian densification Equation for hyperbolic sine densification law Determination of parameters Discussion Glaciological engineering aspects References Appendix A: Example of calculation Appendix B: Snow density profiles
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-110
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 110
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: Nafe's (1957) presentation of reflection and transmission coefficients at a solid-solid interface was used to compute tables for the case of ice in contact with another solid at a plane interface. Energy ratios of all the combinations of reflected and refracted plane P and S waves were computed for 30 different cases of the second solid. A compressional velocity of 3.6 km/sec, a density of 0.9 g/cm^3, and a value of 1/3 for Poisson's ratio were assumed for the ice. For the other solid, the velocity ranged from 1.2 to 6.0 km/sec, the density from 1.5 to 3.0 g/cm^3, and Poisson's ratio from 0 to 1/3. The computations were carried out with an electronic computer, and the results are presented graphically.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 17 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 110
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Definitions Computation Results
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-115
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 115
    Description / Table of Contents: SUMMARY Between 1 July and 7 August 1960, the U.S. Army Snow Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment, Corps of Engineers, supported a £our-man glaciological expedition on the southern dome of the Greenland ice sheet. Measurements of snow temperature, density, ram hardness, and grain size were made at seven pit ~tudies along 191 mileS of over-snow traverse. In addition to the pit studies, 38 Rammsonde profiles were measured and 166 shallow pits were dug to measure temperature in the first meter of snow. The annual accumulation of snow was found to decrease westward, from 97 em water equivalent 50 miles from tP.e east coast, to 40 em 80 miles from the western margin. A possible precipitation shadow was encountered immediately west of the crest line of the ice sheet. The precipitation shadow and the decrease in accumulation westward indicate that the source area for the precipitation lies to the east of the southern dome, in the. Greenland Sea. Temperature profiles in the firn indicated that summer warming was still in progress. During August, melting at an elevation of 2000 m above se~ level was intense (OC in the top 75 em} •. According to the facies classification of glaciers (Benson, 1959, 1960}, most of the study area is in tfie percolation facies, with the possible exception of the westernmost· s.tation (mile l-138) which is at or near the saturation line. The daily heat exchange in the first meter of snow, near the time of maximum melt conditions, is between 20 and '35 cal/cinZ. This is approxi-mately 25o/o of the heat necessary to raise the temperature of a column of firn of unit cross Section and 1 m deep to the melting point. Effective values of thermal conductivity and diffusivity as determined from the temperature curves with no attempt made to isolate radiation and con-vection are, respectively, 4-6 x 10-3 cgs and 20-30 x 10-3 cgs. Radiation and convection in the first meter of firn cause "effective conductivity" values to be 4 to 7 times greater than the value k = 0. 0068pZ given by Abel's (1892), which is the conductivity at greater depths.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 22, A4, B1 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 115
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Method of investigation Location Pit studies Temperature Hardness Density Stratigraphic measurements Thermal studies Stratigraphic features Grain size Grain shape Crusts Discussion of results Temperature Altitude gradient Latitude gradient Depth-density relationship Depth-load relationship Densification Stratigraphic analysis Facies relationship Climatological aspects 1960 meteorological observations Temperature Wind Barometric pressure Radiation Cloudiness Visibility Thermal studies Summary and conclusions References Appendix A Appendix B
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-88
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 88
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: Four ground patterns were investigated by means of trenches cut in the outwash near Thule, Greenland: circular and linear depressions in unsorted material, polygonal troughs in unsorted material, sorted circles, and irregular mounds and depressions of low relief formed in unsorted finer grained material. Correlation is made between surface pattern, grain size and structure of the active layer, and type and distribution of ground ice for the patterns investigated. Classification of the active layer as disturbed, slightly disturbed, and undisturbed is based on the condition of primary depositional bedding and the presence or absence of vertical sorting. Other features of the active layer, depending upon its type, are an accumulation of fines at the bottom of the active layer and on top of stones, and a siliceous calcareous evaporite on the under surface and clean washed coarser particles beneath the larger stones. Fabric analysis of four kinds of ground ice is presented: ice wedge, relict ice, ice mass, and ice lens, as well as analysis of the contact of ice wedges with relict and mass ice. Practical applications, based on the conclusions, are given for the selection of foundation sites and the location of non-frost-susceptible building materials. NOTE: This is a very large file. Please give your browser several minutes to download the file.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: viii, 79 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 88
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Glossary Part 1 : Surface pattern, structure of the active layer, and type and distribution of ground ice in the permafrost Pattern type 1: Circular and linear depressions in unsorted outwash Circular depressions, area 1 Structure of the active layer Ground ice and its relation to surface morphology Linear depressions, area 5 Structure of the active layer Ground ice and its relation to surface morphology Pattern t ype 2 and 3: Polygonal troughs in unsorted outwash and sorted circles or centers of fines Area 3 Structure of the active layer Ground ice and its relation to surface morphology Area 4 Structure of the active layer Ground ice and its relat ion to surface morphology Pattern type 4: Mounds and depressions of low relief in unsorted outwash Area 4a Structure of the active layer Ground ice and its relatiop. to surface morphology Part 2: Ground ice studies Area 1 Lens ice History Appearance of the ice Fabric analysis Wedge ice History Appearance of the ice Fabric analysis Relict ice History Appearance of the ice Fabric analysis Contact between ice wedge and relict ice Ice sockets Area 5 Wedge ice Fabric analysis Relict ice Fabric analysis Area 3 Ice mass History Appearance of the ice Fabric analysis Ice wedge Fabric analysis Contact between ice mass and wedge Appearance of the ice Fabric analysis Summary and conclusions Pattern type 1: Linear and circular depressions in. unsorted outwash Pattern type 2: Polygonal troughs formed in unsorted outwash Pattern type 3: Sorted circles or centers of fines Pattern type 4: Mounds and depressions of low relief in fine-grained unsorted outwash Engineering applications References Appendix A: Associated studies Appendix B : Recommendations for further field and laboratory work Appendix C: Recommendations for field and laboratory techniques
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-94
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 94
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: A new mechanism is described which explains the formation of moraines in the ablation areas of cold ice caps. The mechanism involves the freezing of water onto the bottom surface of an ice cap. This water comes from regions of the bottom surface where the combination of the geothermal heat and the heat produced by sliding of ice over the bed is sufficient to melt ice. A number of criticisms are made of the shear hypothesis, which has been advanced to explain moraines occurring on Baffin Island and near Thule, Greenland. It is concluded that this older hypothesis may be inadequate to account for these moraines. Although in theory the mechanism proposed here undoubtedly would lead to the formation of moraines, the existing field data are insufficient to prove conclusively that actual moraines have originated in this way.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 12 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 94
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Comments on the shear hypothesis Appearance of the debris layers The possibility of cold ice scraping up debris The shear across a debris layer The geometry of the debris layers Freezing model Theory Discussion Conclusion References
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-119
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 119
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: An experimental investigation of stress-wave propagation in snow and ice is described. Seven types of Greenland snow were investigated to determine the extent to which the variation in dynamic response of the snow is a function of snow types, and were compared with results of similar Michigan snow experiments. A low-density explosive charge was detonated, sending a steep-fronted shock wave through a metal transfer plate and into the snow sample, compressing the snow and setting it in motion. Measurements were made on shock waves with amplitudes of less than 200 atm. Density and pressure behind the wave fronts were determined by simultaneous measurement of wave-propagation and particle velocity as limited by the fast elastic wave and the slow plastic wave of the two-front structure. Values calculated by the Rankine-Hugoniot jump conditions determined the points at which the material behaves plastically or hydrodynamically. The maximum stable pressure-volume states that snow can reach under shock loading are also shown. Sources of scatter in the results from variations in snow type and errors in data reduction and geometry changes are pointed out.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 25, A11 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 119
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Test area description Experimental techniques Explosive initiation system Grid lines on snow Grid lines on driving plates The streak camera Synchronization of camera and event Synchronization of flash bulb and event Timing-light generator High-speed framing camera
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Toronto : University of Toronto Press
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Anthropocene, the thawing of frozen earth due to global warming has drawn worldwide attention to permafrost. Contemporary scientists define permafrost as ground that maintains a negative temperature for at least two years. But where did this particular conception of permafrost originate, and what alternatives existed? The Life of Permafrost provides an intellectual history of permafrost, placing the phenomenon squarely in the political, social, and material context of Russian and Soviet science. Pey-Yi Chu shows that understandings of frozen earth were shaped by two key experiences in the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. On one hand, the colonization and industrialization of Siberia nourished an engineering perspective on frozen earth that viewed the phenomenon as an aggregate physical structure: ground. On the other, a Russian and Soviet tradition of systems thinking encouraged approaching frozen earth as a process, condition, and space tied to planetary exchanges of energy and matter. Aided by the US militarization of the Arctic during the Cold War, the engineering view of frozen earth as an obstacle to construction became dominant. The Life of Permafrost tells the fascinating story of how permafrost came to acquire life as Russian and Soviet scientists studied, named, and defined it.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4875-0193-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction: Historicizing Permafrost Permafrost as a historical object Permafrost in Russian and Soviet history Politics, science, and the environment The life cycle of permafrost Choosing words carefully 1 Mapping The cold of eastern Siberia Birth of a scientific object From Boden-Eis to Eisboden Conclusion 2 Building Colonization and construction Building on frozen earth The soil science of roads The ambiguity of merzlota Conclusion 3 Defining Merzlota as aggregate structure Merzlota as process Personal and institutional politics Vechnaia merzlota in Bolshevik culture Conclusion 4 Adapting From commission to institute Rhetoric of transforming nature Adapting to frozen earth Survival of the systems approach Conclusion 5 Translating Birth of permafrost Criticism and self-criticism From merzlotovedenie to geocryology The dialectic persists Conclusion Epilogue: Resurrecting Acknowledgments Glossary Notes Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: AWI G8-21-94666
    Description / Table of Contents: Anthropogenic climate change constitutes one of the main global crises in the 21st century. It manifests itself distinctly in global warming and its effects. Forests play an essential role in mitigating the effects of climate change, improving our knowledge of the distribution and changes of terrestrial carbon stocks is vital to mitigate its consequences. Therefore, remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. Forests in the Russian Federation are of particular importance as it is the most forested country in the world and at the same time, it is the country with the highest uncertainty when calculating global carbon stocks. Remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. It can acquire data over large areas with a high repetition rate and at a relatively low cost. In particular, microwave sensors are recommended as they can provide weather and sun independent, systematic observations with high temporal frequency. The main goal of this cumulative dissertation was to develop methods using new algorithms for estimating parameters for boreal forests from remote sensing data acquired with Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR). Using the SAR data acquired by the sensor with the longest wavelength available at the moment of writing this dissertation in space, the L-band, methods for estimating the above-ground forest biomass were developed. For this purpose, algorithms for machine learning (ML) were applied and validated. These methods were chosen because they are recommended for large data sets and an incomplete theoretical understanding of processes, e.g., the interaction between the forest and the radar signal, and are relatively new in forest monitoring studies. In addition, efforts have been made to establish improved mapping of large-scale forest cover change
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 234 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English , German
    Note: Content ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS APPENDED PAPERS RELATED PUBLICATIONS FIGURES TABLES I ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1.1 Importance of forest monitoring 1.2 Remote sensing for forest monitoring 1.3 Scope and structure of this thesis CHAPTER 2 2 Theoretical background & state-of-the-art 2.1 Boreal forests 2.2 Imaging radar theory 2.2.1 Radar principles 2.2.2 Radar scattering 2.2.3 SAR data processing 2.2.4 SAR lnterferometry 2.3 Radar remote sensing of boreal forests 2.3.1 Estimation of aboveground biomass 2.3.2 Monitoring of forest change 2.4 Study area and data 2.4.1 Location of study areas 2.4.2 Processing of in situ data 2.4.3 SAR L-band data: PALSAR & PALSAR-2 2.4.4 SAR C-band data: RADARSAT-2 CHAPTER 3 3 Research rationale 3.1 Research needs 3.2 Research questions CHAPTER 4 4 Research contribution 4.1 Operational forest monitoring in Siberia 4.2 Remote sensing for aboveground biomass estimation in boreal forests 4.3 Non-parametric retrieval of aboveground biomass 4.4 Multi-frequency SAR for estimation of aboveground biomass CHAPTER 5 5 Synthesis 5.1 Discussion and conclusions 5.2 Outlook REFERENCES APPENDIX A: PROCEEDINGS PAPER APPENDIX B: STUDIES ON nI0MASS ESTIMATION IN Il0REAL FORESTS MANUSCRIPT OVERVIEW STATEMENT OF AUTH0RSHIP CURRICULUM VITAE , Zusammenfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94853
    Description / Table of Contents: This multidisciplinary book discusses the manifold challenges arctic marine and terrestrial wildlife, ecosystems and people face these times. Major health threats caused by the consequences of climate change, environmental pollution and increasing tourism in northern regions around the globe are explored. The most common infectious diseases in wild and domesticated arctic animals are reviewed and the impact they could have on circumpolar ecosystems as well as on the lives of arctic people are profoundly discussed. Moreover, the book reviews arctic hunting, herding and food conservation strategies and introduces veterinary medicine in remote indigenous communities. "Arctic One Health" is authored by experts based in arctic regions spanning from North America over Europe to Asia to cover a broad range of topics and perspectives. The book addresses researchers in Veterinary Medicine, Ecology, Microbiology and Anthropology. The book contributes towards achieving the UN Sustainable Developmental Goals, in particular SDG 15, Life on Land.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 573 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-87852-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction The Arctic Region and Its Inhabitants / Anastasia Emelyanova A Holistic Approach to One Health in the Arctic / Arleigh Reynolds, Susan Kutz, Tessa Baker Seasonal Animal Migrations and the Arctic: Ecology, Diversity, and Spread of Infectious Agents / Øystein Varpe, Silke Bauer Part II Major Health Threats to Arctic Animals and People Climate Change in Northern Regions / Bob van Oort, Marianne Tronstad Lund, Anouk Brisebois Loss of Untouched Land / Roland Pape Arctic Ecosystems, Wildlife and Man: Threats from Persistent Organic Pollutants and Mercury / Christian Sonne, Robert James Letcher, Bjørn Munro Jenssen, Rune Dietz Oil Spills in the Arctic / Sadie K. Wright, Sarah Allan, Sarah M. Wilkin, Michael Ziccardi Nuclear Radiation / Birgitta Åhman Part III Arctic Zoonoses: Diseases Transmitted from Animals to Man Rabies in the Arctic / Karsten Hueffer, Morten Tryland, Svetlana Dresvyanikova Brucellosis in the Arctic and Northern Regions / Xavier Fernandez Aguilar, Ingebjørg H. Nymo, Kimberlee Beckmen, Svetlana Dresvyanikova, Irina Egorova, Susan Kutz Anthrax in the North / Karsten Hueffer, Svetlana Dresvyanikova, Irina Egorova Cystic and Alveolar Echinococcosis Caused by Echinococcus canadensis and E. multilocularis in the Arctic / Temitope U. Kolapo, Antti Oksanen, Rebecca Davidson, Emily J. Jenkins Toxoplasmosis in Northern Regions / Émilie Bouchard, Pikka Jokelainen, Rajnish Sharma, Heather Fenton, Emily J. Jenkins Trichinella spp. in the North / Rajnish Sharma, Edoardo Pozio, Émilie Bouchard, Emily J. Jenkins Cryptosporidiosis and Giardiosis in the Arctic: Increasing Threats in a Warmer World? / Lucy J. Robertson, John J. Debenham Erysipelas in Arctic and Northern Regions / Fabien Mavrot, O. Alejandro Aleuy, Taya Forde, Susan J. Kutz Tularemia in the Arctic / Cristina M. Hansen, Svetlana Dresvyannikova Orthohantaviruses in the Arctic: Present and Future / Frauke Ecke, Magnus Magnusson, Barbara A. Han, Magnus Evander Zoonotic Marine Helminths: Anisakid Nematodes and Diphyllobothriid Cestodes / Heather Fenton Parapoxvirus Infections in Northern Species and Populations / Morten Tryland Part IV Harvesting the Arctic: Potential Health Threats for Arctic People Hunting with Lead Ammunition: A One Health Perspective / Jon M. Arnemo, Boris Fuchs, Christian Sonne, Sigbjørn Stokke Traditional Conservation Methods and Food Habits in the Arctic / Raphaela Stimmelmayr, Gay Sheffield Part V Working with Arctic Communities Wildlife Health Surveillance in the Arctic / Sylvia L. Checkley, Matilde Tomaselli, Nigel Caulkett Dogs and People: Providing Veterinary Services to Remote Arctic Communities / Tessa Baker, Laurie Meythaler-Mullins, Arleigh Reynolds, Susan Kutz Semi-Domesticated Reindeer, Health, and Animal Welfare / Morten Tryland
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-78
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 78
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: This climatological study makes use of the temperature, wind, and precipitation records from 12 stations on the Greenland Ice Sheet. Many of these stations were not in operation for concurrent periods and records for a year or more were available from only a few of them. The mean, mean maximum, mean minimum, absolute maximum, and absolute minimum temperatures were computed from the records. The highest absolute maximum temperature reported was 44°F at Mint Julep in southwestern Greenland. The lowest absolute minimum was -94°F at Northice in northern Greenland. This study shows that the prevailing wind usually was from the direction of the high central area of the ice sheet. Stations on the west slope had prevailing winds with an easterly component whereas stations on the east slope had prevailing winds with a westerly component. The wind speed varied from 0 to approximately 60 kt, but was predominantly in the 0 to 20 kt range. At some of the stations on the ice sheet, precipitation was measured in precipitation gages, at others it was measured as surface accumulation. At many locations the annual accumulation was determined from stratigraphic studies of the snow profile. The number of days on which snow occurred, expressed as percent of total days of observation, was used as an index to the amount of snowfall. The mean annual accumulation shows precipitation to be heavier on the west slope of the ice sheet than in other areas. The precipitation records at Northice indicate that the annual precipitation in that part of northern Greenland may be very light. The means for the various climatological parameters covered in this study are presented in tables and on a climatological map which presents a cartographic picture of the overall climatology of the Greenland Ice Sheet.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 13, A5, B4 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 78
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Air temperature Wind direction and speed Precipitation and accumulation Climatological map for the Greenland Ice Sheet Appendix A: Temperature data Appendix B: Precipitation data
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    facet.materialart.12
    Tucson : University of Arizona Press
    Call number: 978-0-8165-4439-4 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Once Upon the Permafrost is a longitudinal climate ethnography about "knowing" a specific culture and the ecosystem that culture physically and spiritually depends on in the twenty-first-century context of climate change. Through careful integration of contemporary narratives, on-site observations, and document analysis, Susan Alexandra Crate shows how local understandings of change and the vernacular knowledge systems they are founded on provide critical information for interdisciplinary collaboration and effective policy prescriptions
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxviii, 327 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    Edition: Open-access edition published 2022
    ISBN: 9780816541553 , 0816541558 , 9780816541546 , 081654154X
    Series Statement: Critical green engagements: understanding the green economy and its alternatives
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030313791 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (508 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030313791 , 978-3-030-31379-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: 9789811664250 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book introduces systematically the cryospheric science, covering the formation, development, evolution, and research methods of each component of the cryosphere, the interaction between the cryosphere and the other spheres of the climate system and the anthroposphere, and the hot topics of social and economic sustainable development and geopolitics. The authors are world-renowned experts and scientists working in the related fields. They have a deep understanding and accurate grasp of the basic theory, evolution mechanism, and international frontiers of the cryosphere, as well as rich teaching experience, which makes this book suitable also as textbook for graduate students. It is also the first book that introduces the knowledge of cryospheric science systematically. In addition to theoretical knowledge, the book also introduces field work and experimental analysis. It should be of interests for the scholars and graduate student working in the fields of geography, hydrology, geology, geomorphology, atmosphere, ecology, environment, oceanography, and regional economic and social sustainable development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811664250 , 978-981-16-6425-0
    ISSN: 2194-315X , 2194-3168
    Series Statement: Springer Geography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Cryosphere and Cryospheric Science 2 Classification and Geographical Distribution of Cryosphere 3 Formation and Development of the Cryosphere 4 Physical Properties of the Cryosphere 5 Chemical Characteristics of the Cryosphere 6 Climatic and Environmental Record in Cryosphere 7 Cryospheric Evolutions at Different Time Scales 8 Interactions Between Cryosphere and the Other Spheres 9 Cryosphere Change Impact, Adaptation and Sustainable Development 10 Field Observations and Measurements for Cryospheric Science References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030730932 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This is a textbook for non-atmospheric specialists who work in the coastal zone. Its purpose will be to help coastal environmental, engineering, and planning professionals to understand coastal atmospheric processes. This in turn will allow more effective communication with climate modelers, atmospheric environmental consultants, and members of the media. The coastal environment is among the most intensively used and chronically abused components of the Earth-ocean-atmosphere system. It is also home to an ever-increasing proportion of humanity with their increasing development, trade, transportation, and industrial activities, amid increasing impacts of natural hazards. The atmosphere is an integral part of the system, with all of the above human activities affecting and being affected by atmospheric processes and hazards. Yet few of the specialists studying the coastal environment have expertise on atmospheric processes, this therefore presents a highly relevant textbook on coastal atmospheric processes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 525 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030730932 , 978-3-030-73093-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to Our Coastal Atmosphere 1 Scope, Uniqueness, and Importance of Our Coastal Atmosphere 2 Atmospheric Composition, Structure, and Evolution Part II Thermodynamics in Our Coastal Atmosphere 3 Energy Transfer and Electromagnetic Radiation 4 Temperature 5 Application of the Gas Laws in Meteorology 6 The Hydrostatic Equation and Adiabatic Processes 7 Atmospheric Moisture 8 Atmospheric Stability and Potential Temperature 9 Measuring and Estimating Atmospheric Stability 10 Using Thermodynamic Diagrams in Meteorology 11 Clouds 12 Precipitation Processes and Types Part III Dynamic Processes in Our Coastal Atmosphere 13 Pressure and Winds 14 Coriolis Effect 15 Effect of Friction 16 Centripetal Acceleration and the Gradient Wind 17 Gravitation 18 The Seven Basic Equations in Weather Forecasting Models 19 Comparison of Weather Forecasting Models and General Circulation Models 20 General Circulation of the Atmosphere Part IV Weather Systems in the Coastal Zone 21 Air Masses 22 Atmospheric Lifting Mechanisms 23 Fronts and the Mid-Latitude Wave Cyclone 24 Thunderstorms 25 Lightning 26 Tornadoes and Waterspouts 27 Advising the Public About the Severe Weather Risk 28 Tropical Cyclones 29 Coastal Flooding 30 Coastal Drought 31 Winter Storms 32 Sea Ice and Weather Systems 33 Summary of Energy Transfer by Atmospheric and Oceanic Motion Part V Atmospheric Boundary Layers and Air-Sea Interaction 34 Introduction to Near-Surface Atmospheric Dynamics 35 The Logarithmic Wind Profile in Neutral Stability Conditions 36 Non-neutral or Diabatic Wind Profile 37 Introduction to the Transition (or Ekman) Layer 38 The Classical Solution to the Atmospheric Ekman Spiral 39 Fundamentals of Air-Sea Interactions 40 Weather Effects on the Coastal Ocean 41 Wind Stress and Turbulent Flux Drag Coefficients Over Water Part VI Air-Sea-Land Interaction 42 Surface Fluxes of Energy, Moisture, and Momentum 43 Sea and Land Breezes 44 Coastal Fog 45 Coastal Upwelling and Weather 46 Atmospheric Impacts on Lake Processes 47 Coastal Jets 48 Atmospheric Optical Effects in the Coastal Zone 49 Solar Radiation in Aquatic Systems Part VII Dispersion and Engineering Applications 50 Meteorology and Climatology of Coastal Cities 51 Atmospheric Dispersion in the Coastal Zone 52 Engineering Aspects of the Wind Profile Appendices References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: 9783030392123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: High-resolution images of phytoplankton cells such as diatoms or desmids, which are useful for monitoring water quality, can now be provided by digital microscopes, facilitating the automated analysis and identification of specimens. Conventional approaches are based on optical microscopy; however, manual image analysis is impractical due to the huge diversity of this group of microalgae and its great morphological plasticity. As such, there is a need for automated recognition techniques for diagnostic tools (e.g. environmental monitoring networks, early warning systems) to improve the management of water resources and decision-making processes. Describing the entire workflow of a bioindicator system, from capture, analysis and identification to the determination of quality indices, this book provides insights into the current state-of-the-art in automatic identification systems in microscopy. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXIV, 294 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030392123 , 978-3-030-39212-3
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Fundamentals 1 Overview: Antecedents, Motivation and Necessity / Gabriel Cristóbal, Saúl Blanco, and Gloria Bueno 2 Diatom Classifications: What Purpose Do They Serve? / David M. Williams 3 Diatom Taxonomy and Identification Keys / Saúl Blanco 4 Naturally and Environmentally Driven Variations in Diatom Morphology: Implications for Diatom-Based Assessment of Water Quality / Adriana Olenici, C ̆alin Baciu, Saúl Blanco, and Soizic Morin Part II Sensing 5 Microscopic Modalities and Illumination Techniques / J. Piper and T. Piper 6 Light Filtering in Microscopy / J. Piper 7 Automatization Techniques. Slide Scanning / Carlos Sánchez, Jesús Ruiz-Santaquiteria Alegre, José Luis Espinosa Aranda, and Jesús Salido Part III Analysis 8 Segmentation Techniques / Gloria Bueno, Manuel G. Forero, Carlos A. Jacanamejoy, J. Alejandro Libreros, M. Milagro Fernandez-Carrobles, and Oscar Deniz 9 Diatom Feature Extraction and Classification / Noelia Vallez, Anibal Pedraza, Carlos Sánchez, Jesus Salido, Oscar Deniz, and Gloria Bueno 10 Multifocus and Multiexposure Techniques / Harbinder Singh, Gabriel Cristóbal, and Vinay Kumar 11 Stereoscopic Imaging of Diatoms in Light and Electron Microscopy / Robert Sturm 12 Geometric Morphometrics and the Shape of Microscopic Organisms / Ecaterina Fodor and Ovidiu Ioan Hâruta Part IV Applications 13 Water Quality Assessment / A. Goldenberg-Vilar, R. Álvarez-Troncoso, V. Roldán, and Saúl Blanco 14 Diatoms in Forensic Analysis / Eloy Girela-Lopez, Cristina M. Beltran-Aroca, and Herminia García-Mozo 15 Benthic Foraminifera and Diatoms as Ecological Indicators / Xavier Benito Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 9783030249823 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This two-volume book provides a comprehensive, detailed understanding of paleoclimatology beginning by describing the “proxy data” from which quantitative climate parameters are reconstructed and finally by developing a comprehensive Earth system model able to simulate past climates of the Earth. It compiles contributions from specialists in each field who each have an in-depth knowledge of their particular area of expertise. The first volume is devoted to “Finding, dating and interpreting the evidence”. It describes the different geo-chronological technical methods used in paleoclimatology. Different fields of geosciences such as: stratigraphy, magnetism, dendrochronology, sedimentology, are drawn from and proxy reconstructions from ice sheets, terrestrial (speleothems, lakes, and vegetation) and oceanic data, are used to reconstruct the ancient climates of the Earth. The second volume, entitled “Investigation into ancient climates,” focuses on building comprehensive models of past climate evolution. The chapters are based on understanding the processes driving the evolution of each component of the Earth system (atmosphere, ocean, ice). This volume provides both an analytical understanding of each component using a hierarchy of models (from conceptual to very sophisticated 3D general circulation models) and a synthetic approach incorporating all of these components to explore the evolution of the Earth as a global system. As a whole this book provides the reader with a complete view of data reconstruction and modeling of the climate of the Earth from deep time to present day with even an excursion to include impacts on future climate.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 478 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030249823 , 978-3-030-24982-3
    ISSN: 1863-4621 , 1863-463X
    Series Statement: Frontiers in earth sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Volume 1 1 The Climate System: Its Functioning and History / Sylvie Joussaume and Jean-Claude Duplessy 2 The Changing Face of the Earth Throughout the Ages / Frédéric Fluteau and Pierre Sepulchre 3 Introduction to Geochronology / Hervé Guillou 4 Carbon-14 / Martine Paterne, Élisabeth Michel, and Christine Hatté et Jean-Claude Dutay 5 The 40 K/ 40 Ar and 40 Ar/ 39 Ar Methods / Hervé Guillou, Sébastien Nomade, and Vincent Scao 6 Dating of Corals and Other Geological Samples via the Radioactive Disequilibrium of Uranium and Thorium Isotopes / Norbert Frank and Freya Hemsing 7 Magnetostratigraphy: From a Million to a Thousand Years / Carlo Laj, James E. T. Channell, and Catherine Kissel 8 Dendrochronology / Frédéric Guibal and Joël Guiot 9 The Dating of Ice-Core Archives / Frédéric Parrenin 10 Reconstructing the Physics and Circulation of the Atmosphere / Valérie Masson-Delmotte and Joël Guiot 11 Air-Ice Interface: Polar Ice / Valérie Masson-Delmotte and Jean Jouzel 12 Air-Vegetation Interface: Pollen / Joël Guiot 13 Ground-Air Interface: The Loess Sequences, Markers of Atmospheric Circulation / Denis-Didier Rousseau and Christine Hatté 14 Air-Ground Interface: Reconstruction of Paleoclimates Using Speleothems / Dominique Genty and Ana Moreno 15 Air-Interface: d18O Records of Past Meteoric Water Using Benthic Ostracods from Deep Lakes / Ulrich von Grafenstein and Inga Labuhn 16 Vegetation-Atmosphere Interface: Tree Rings / Joël Guiot and Valérie Daux 17 Air-Vegetation Interface: An Example of the Use of Historical Data on Grape Harvests / Valérie Daux 18 Air-Ground Interface: Sediment Tracers in Tropical Lakes / David Williamson 19 Air-water Interface: Tropical Lake Diatoms and Isotope Hydrology Modeling / Florence Sylvestre, Françoise Gasse, Françoise Vimeux, and Benjamin Quesada 20 Air-Ice Interface: Tropical Glaciers / Françoise Vimeux 21 Climate and the Evolution of the Ocean: The Paleoceanographic Data / Thibaut Caley, Natalia Vázquez Riveiros, Laurent Labeyrie, Elsa Cortijo, and Jean-Claude Duplessy Volume 2 22 Climate Evolution on the Geological Timescale and the Role of Paleogeographic Changes / Frédéric Fluteau and Pierre Sepulchre 23 Biogeochemical Cycles and Aerosols Over the Last Million Years / Nathaelle Bouttes, Laurent Bopp, Samuel Albani, Gilles Ramstein, Tristan Vadsaria, and Emilie Capron 24 The Cryosphere and Sea Level / Catherine Ritz, Vincent Peyaud, Claire Waelbroeck, and Florence Colleoni 25 Modeling and Paleoclimatology / Masa Kageyama and Didier Paillard 26 The Precambrian Climate / Yves Goddéris, Gilles Ramstein, and Guillaume Le Hir 27 The Phanerozoic Climate / Yves Goddéris, Yannick Donnadieu, and Alexandre Pohl 28 Climate and Astronomical Cycles / Didier Paillard 29 Rapid Climate Variability: Description and Mechanisms / Masa Kageyama, Didier M. Roche, Nathalie Combourieu Nebout, and Jorge Alvarez-Solas 30 An Introduction to the Holocene and Anthropic Disturbance / Pascale Braconnot and Pascal Yiou 31 From the Climates of the Past to the Climates of the Future / Sylvie Charbit, Nathaelle Bouttes, Aurélien Quiquet, Laurent Bopp, Gilles Ramstein, Jean-Louis Dufresne, and Julien Cattiaux
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 9783030213015 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides in-depth information about the sea ice in the Arctic at scales from paleoenvironmental variability to more contemporary changes during the past and present centuries. The book is based on several decades of research related to sea ice in the Arctic and its variability, sea ice process studies as well as implications of the sea ice variability on human activities. The chapters provide an extensive overview of the research results related to sea ice in the Arctic at paleo-scales to more resent scales of variations as well as projections for changes during the 21st century. The authors have pioneered the satellite remote sensing monitoring of sea ice and used other monitoring data in order to study, monitor and model sea ice and its processes
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 575 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030213015 , 978-3-030-21301-5
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Ola M. Johannessen 2 Sea Ice in the Arctic Paleoenvironments / Leonid P. Bobylev and Martin W. Miles 3 Marginal Ice Zone and Ice-Air-Ocean Interactions / Ola M. Johannessen, Stein Sandven, Richard Davy, and Einar O. Olason 4 Changes in Arctic Sea Ice Cover in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries / Elena V. Shalina, Ola M. Johannessen, and Stein Sandven 5 Arctic Sea Ice Thickness and Volume Transformation / Elena V. Shalina, Kirill Khvorostovsky, and Stein Sandven 6 SAR Sea Ice Type Classification and Drift Retrieval in the Arctic / Natalia Y. Zakhvatkina, Denis Demchev, Stein Sandven, Vladimir A. Volkov, and Alexander S. Komarov 7 Sea Ice Drift in the Arctic / Vladimir A. Volkov, Alexandra Mushta, and Denis Demchev 8 Sea Ice Modelling / Matti Leppäranta, Valentin P. Meleshko, Petteri Uotila, and Tatiana Pavlova 9 Operational Forecasting of Sea Ice in the Arctic Using TOPAZ System / Laurent Bertino and Jiping Xie 10 Current and Projected Sea Ice in the Arctic in the Twenty-First Century / Valentin P. Meleshko, Tatiana Pavlova, Leonid P. Bobylev, and Pavel Golubkin 11 Climate Change Impact on the Arctic Economy / Lasse H. Pettersson, Anton G. Kjelaas, Dmitry V. Kovalevsky, and Klaus Hasselmann 12 Annex: SAR Sea Ice Interpretation Guide / Ola M. Johannessen Afterword / Ola M. Johannessen
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783031141942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book explores the PhD experience as never before and provides a “survival guide” for current and prospective PhD students. The book investigates why mental health issues are so common among the postgraduate population, going beyond the statistics, looking at lived experience of both the author and as well as current PhD students, who have found balancing mental wellness with the PhD endeavour challenging. The author discusses tips and tricks she wished she had known at the start of her PhD process for managing mental health, such as managing imposter feelings, prioritising workload, and self-care strategies to help others throughout their own journey. The book goes beyond typical mental health discussions (where the focus for improving mental health is placed on PhD students to become “more resilient”) and explores some of the often unspoken environmental factors that can impact mental health. These include the PhD student-supervisor relationship, the pressure to publish, and deep systemic problems in academia, such as racism, bullying and harassment. Finally, the book is a call to action, providing tangible improvements from the author’s perspective that university institutions can make to ensure that academia is a place for all to thrive.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIX, 199 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9783031141942 , 978-3-031-14194-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Defining the Problem 1 Introduction 1.1 A Comment on the Guide 1.2 If You Are Studying for a PhD 1.3 If You Are a PhD Supervisor or PhD Course Coordinator 1.4 If You Are a Concerned Friend or Family Member References 2 Challenging Perceptions: What Is Mental Health Anyway? 2.1 The Mental Health Continuum 2.2 Barriers to Seeking Help 2.3 Recognising the Signs 2.4 Helping Others 2.5 What Mental Health Isn’t 2.6 To Declare or Not to Declare?: That Is the Question References 3 Setting the Scene: Understanding the PhD Mental Health Crisis 3.1 Exploring the Data 3.2 What Is the Cause? 3.3 Research Culture 3.4 The Ups and Downs of the PhD Journey 3.5 There Is Hope References Part II Mindset Matters 4 Self-Care: Without You There Is No PhD 4.1 Setting the Foundations 4.2 Establishing a Good Sleep Schedule 4.3 Eat Nutritious Food 4.4 Physical Exercise 4.5 Managing Finances 4.6 Examples of Self-Care 4.7 Putting Self-Care in Context of a PhD 4.8 Acknowledging There May Be a Problem: Addiction 4.9 Setting Boundaries 4.10 What to Do If You Reach Burnout 4.11 Navigating Self-Care as a Part-Time PhD Student References 5 Not Another Yoga Session: University Wellbeing Programs and Why They so Often Miss the Mark 5.1 Reactive Not Proactive 5.2 Trying Something New 5.3 Building Resilience 5.4 The Darker Side of Resilience References 6 “I’ll Read It Later” and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves: Managing Expectations and Guilt 6.1 Starting Out 6.2 Changing the World 6.3 Planning Your PhD 6.4 You Are Entitled to (and Deserve) Breaks 6.5 Becoming an Expert 6.6 First Time Failing 6.7 Be Grateful (or Else) 6.8 Productivity and Time Management 6.9 Prioritising References 7 Why You Earned It: Fighting the Impostor 7.1 Understanding the Value You Bring 7.2 Receiving Recognition 7.3 Receiving Critique 7.4 Comparing Yourself With Others 7.5 Asking for Help 7.6 Redefining Your Self-Worth 7.7 Perfectionism 7.8 Email ‘Anxiety’ 7.9 Presentation Nerves 7.10 Fighting Back 7.11 Discriminatory Gaslighting References Part III Environmental Stressors 8 Dismantling the Ivory Tower: Systemic Issues That Might Impact Your Mental Health 8.1 The Ivory Tower 8.2 Systemic Racism 8.3 Gender Discrimination 8.4 Sexual Harassment 8.5 Bullying 8.6 LGBT+ Discrimination 8.7 Being “First Generation” 8.8 Classism 8.9 Financial Concerns 8.10 Ableism, Disability and Neurodivergence 8.11 Ageism 8.12 Isolation and Culture Shock 8.13 A Comment on Intersectionality 8.14 Changing the Research Culture 8.15 In the Meantime, What Can You Do? 8.16 Finding Light in a Dark Place References 9 Perhaps It’s Not You It’s Them: PhD Student-Supervisor Relationships 9.1 Choosing Your Supervisor 9.2 The Role of a PhD Supervisor 9.3 Understanding What Makes a Supportive Supervisor 9.4 At Odds 9.5 The Flaw in the System 9.6 Identifying Your Supervisor’s Working Style 9.7 Pervasive, Damaging Biases 9.8 When Things Go Seriously Wrong (and It Is Definitely not Your Fault) 9.9 What You Can Do If Your Supervisor Is Abusive 9.10 Effective Communication 9.11 What to Do if You Have a Disagreement References 10 Publish or Perish: On the Myth of Meritocracy 10.1 It Is Not an Equal Playing Field 10.2 The Publication Process 10.3 Managing Reviewer 2 10.4 Publishing Options 10.5 Who Is Perishing, Anyway? 10.6 Perfectionism 10.7 Writing Your Thesis 10.8 Research Misconduct 10.9 What to Do if You Realise Research Misconduct Is Happening References 11 The High-Walled Rose Garden: Understanding There Is Life Outside the Academy 11.1 So What Does This Mean for You and Surviving Your PhD? 11.2 Finding Out What You Truly Enjoy 11.3 Reframing Your Skillsets 11.4 Transitioning from Your PhD 11.5 Debunking the Myths 11.6 Should I Stay or Should I Go? References Part IV Seeking Help 12 Thriving, Not Just Surviving 12.1 Identifying the Problem Set 12.2 Sharing the Hypothesis with Others 12.3 Conversation Starters 12.4 Finding a Support Network 12.5 Online Communities 12.6 Speaking About Your Mental Health with Your PhD Superviso 12.7 Lack of Understanding 12.8 Seeking External Assistance to Achieve Your Goal 12.9 If You Are at Crisis Point 12.10 The Elephant in the Room 12.11 Leading the Change 12.12 Not Just Surviving References Resources
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham, Switzerland : Springer
    Call number: 9783030637613 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: ...
    Description / Table of Contents: In December 2019, the world witnessed the occurrence of a new coronavirus to humanity. The disease spread quickly and became known as a pandemic globally, affecting both society and the health care system, both the elderly and young groups of people, and both the men’s and women’s groups. It was a universal challenge that immediately caused a surge in scientific research. Be a part of a world rising in fighting against the pandemic, the Coronavirus Disease - COVID-19 was depicted in the early days of the pandemic, but updated by more than 200 scientists and clinicians to include many facets of this new infectious pandemic, including i, characteristics, ecology, and evolution of coronaviruses; ii, epidemiology, genetics, and pathogenesis (immune responses and oxidative stress) of the disease; iii, diagnosis, prognosis, and clinical manifestations of the disease in pediatrics, geriatrics, pregnant women, and neonates; iv, challenges of co-occurring the disease with tropical infections, cardiovascular diseases, hypertension, and cancer and to the settings of dentistry, hematology, ophthalmology, and pharmacy; v, transmission, prevention, and potential treatments, ranging from supportive ventilator support and nutrition therapy to potential virus- and host-based therapies, immune-based therapies, photobiomodulation, antiviral photodynamic therapy, and vaccines; vi, the resulting consequences on social lives, mental health, education, tourism industry and economy; and vii, multimodal approaches to solve the problem by bioinformatic methods, innovation and ingenuity, globalization, social and scientific networking, interdisciplinary approaches, and art integration. We are approaching December 2020 and the still presence of COVID-19, asking us to call it COVID (without 19).
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XX, 964 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030637613 , 978-3-030-63761-3
    ISSN: 0065-2598 , 2214-8019
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology Volume 1318
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction on Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Pandemic: The Global Challenge / Nima Rezaei, Saboura Ashkevarian, Mahsa Keshavarz Fathi, Sara Hanaei, Zahra Kolahchi, Seyedeh-Sanam Ladi Seyedian, Elham Rayzan, Mojdeh Sarzaeim, Aida Vahed, Kawthar Mohamed, Sarah Momtazmanesh, Negar Moradian, Zahra Rahimi Pirkoohi, Noosha Sameeifar, Mahsa Yousefpour, Sepideh Sargoli, Saina Adiban, Aida Vahed, Niloufar Yazdanpanah, Heliya Ziaei, Amene Saghazadeh Chapter 2. Coronaviruses: What Should We Know About the Characteristics of Viruses? / Wei Ji Chapter 3. Ecology and Evolution of Betacoronaviruses / Eduardo Rodríguez-Román, Adrian J. Gibbs Chapter 4. The Epidemiologic Aspects of COVID-19 Outbreak: Spreading Beyond Expectations / Sara Hanaei, Farnam Mohebi, Maziar Moradi-Lakeh, Parnian Jabbari, Surinder Kumar Mehta, Liudmyla S. Kryvenko, Livio Luongo, Loďc Dupré, Nima Rezaei Chapter 5. The Incubation Period of COVID-19: Current Understanding and Modeling Technique / Char Leung Chapter 6. Coronavirus: Pure Infectious Disease or Genetic Predisposition / Farzaneh Darbeheshti, Hassan Abolhassani, Mohammad Bashashati, Saeid Ghavami, Sepideh Shahkarami, Samaneh Zoghi, Sudhir Gupta, Jordan S. Orange, Hans D. Ochs, Nima Rezaei Chapter 7. Genetic Polymorphisms in the Host and COVID-19 Infection / Joris R. Delanghe, Marc L. De Buyzere, Marijn M. Speeckaert Chapter 8. How COVID-19 Has Globalized: Unknown Origin, Rapid Transmission, and the Immune System Nourishment / Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 9. Potential Anti-viral Immune Response Against COVID-19: Lessons Learned from SARS-CoV / Mahzad Akbarpour, Laleh Sharifi, Amir Reza Safdarian, Pooya Farhangnia, Mahdis Borjkhani, Nima Rezaei Chapter 10. COVID-19 and Cell Stress / Abdo A Elfiky, Ibrahim M Ibrahim, Fatma G Amin, Alaa M Ismail, Wael M Elshemey Chapter 11. Clinical Manifestations of COVID-19 / Mahsa Eskian, Nima Rezaei Chapter 12. Pediatrics and COVID-19 / Tuna Toptan, Sandra Ciesek, Sebastian Hoehl Chapter 13. Geriatrics and COVID-19 / Mona Mirbeyk, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 14. Coronavirus Diseases in Pregnant Women, the Placenta, Fetus, and Neonate / David A. Schwartz, Amareen Dhaliwal Chapter 15. COVID-19 in Patients with Hypertension / Thiago Quinaglia, Mahsima Shabani, Nima Rezaei Chapter 16. COVID-19 and Cardiovascular Diseases / Babak Geraiely, Niloufar Samiei, Parham Sadeghipour, Azita Haj Hossein Talasaz, Seyedeh Hamideh Mortazavi, Roya Sattarzadeh Badkoubeh Chapter 17. How Prevalent Is Cancer in Confirmed Cases with Coronaviruses and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndromes? / Maryam Fotouhi, Elham Samami, Sahar Mohseni, Amir Nasrollahizadeh, Mohammad Haddadi, Mona Mirbeyk, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 18. COVID-19 in Patients with Cancer / Ali Nowroozi, Sepideh Razi, Kamal Kant Sahu, Fabio Grizzi, Jann Arends, Mahsa Keshavarz-Fathi, Nima Rezaei Chapter 19. COVID-19 and Tropical Infection: Complexity and Concurrence / Pathum Sookaromdee, Viroj Wiwanitkit Chapter 20. Neurologic Manifestations of COVID-19 / Farnaz Delavari, Farnaz Najmi Varzaneh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 21. Autoimmune Processes Involved in Organ System Failure Following Infection with SARS-CoV-2 / Steven E. Kornguth, Robert J. Hawley Chapter 22. Clinical and Laboratory Predictors of Severity, Criticality, and Mortality in COVID-19: A Multisystem Disease / Bahareh Gholami, Samira Gholami, Amir Hossein Loghman, Behzad Khodaei, Simin Seyedpour, Nasrin Seyedpour, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 23. Diagnostic Tests for COVID-19 / Tung Phan, Kristin Nagaro Chapter 24. The Role of Medical Imaging in COVID-19 / Houman Sotoudeh, Masoumeh Gity Chapter 25. Therapeutic Development in COVID-19 / Chan Yang, Yuan Huang, Shuwen Liu Chapter 26. Immune-based Therapy for COVID-19 / Abdolreza Esmaeilzadeh, Davood Jafari, Safa Tahmasebi, Reza Elahi, Elnaz Khosh Chapter 27. Ventilatory Support in Patients with COVID-19 / Paolo Maria Leone, Matteo Siciliano, Jacopo Simonetti, Angelena Lopez, Tanzira Zaman, Francesco Varone, Luca Richeldi Chapter 28. Nutrition and Immunity in COVID-19 / Marjan Moallemian Isfahani, Zahra Emam-Djomeh, Idupulapati M. Rao, Nima Rezaei Chapter 29. Dietary Supplements for COVID-19 / Gerard E. Mullin, Berkeley Limektkai, Lin Wang, Patrick Hanaway, Loren Marks, Edward Giovannucci Chapter 30. Photobiomodulation and Antiviral Photodynamic Therapy in COVID-19 Management / Reza Fekrazad, Sohrab Asefi, Maryam Pourhajibagher, Farshid Vahdatinia, Sepehr Fekrazad, Abbas Bahador, Heidi Abrahamse, Michael R Hamblin Chapter 31. The COVID-19 Vaccine Landscape / Till Koch, Anahita Fathi, Marylyn M. Addo Chapter 32. Prevention of COVID-19: Preventive Strategies for General Population, Health Care Settings, and Various Professions / Shirin Moossavi, Kelsey Fehr, Hassan Maleki, Simin Seyedpour, Mahdis Keshavarz-Fath, Farhad Tabasi, Mehrdad Heravi, Rayka Sharifian, Golnaz Shafiei, Negin Badihian, Roya Kelishadi, Shahrzad Nematollahi, Majid Almasi, Saskia Popescu, Mahsa Keshavarz-Fathi, Nima Rezaei Chapter 33. Pharmacist Role and Pharmaceutical Care during the COVID-19 Pandemic / Pedro Amariles, Mónica Ledezma-Morales, Andrea Salazar-Ospina, Jaime Alejandro Hincapié-García Chapter 34. Impact of COVID-19 on Dentistry / Arghavan Tonkaboni, Mohammad Hosein Amirzade-Iranaq, Heliya Ziaei, Amber Ather Chapter 35. The Implications of COVID-19 to Ophthalmology / Tracy H.T. Lai, Emily W.H. Tang, Kenneth K.W. Li Chapter 36. Challenges of Cellular therapy during COVID-19 Pandemic / Kamal Kant Sahu, Sikander Ailawadhi, Natalie Malvik, Jan Cerny Chapter 37. COVID-19 Amid Rumours and Conspiracy Theories: The Interplay between Local and Global Worlds / Inayat Ali Chapter 38. Exploration of the Epidemiological and Emotional Impact of Quarantine and Isolation during COVID‐19 Pandemic / Helia Mojtabavi, Nasirudin Javidi, Anne-Frédérique Naviaux, Pascal Janne, Maximilien Gourdin, Mahsa Mohammadpour, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 39. The Main Sources and Potential Effects of COVID-19-related Prejudice and Discrimination / Piotr Rzymski, Hanna Mamzer, Michał Nowicki Chapter 40. Potential mechanisms of COVID-19-related psychological problems and mental disorders / Chunfeng Xiao Chapter 41. Mental Health in Health Professionals in the COVID-19 Pandemic / Antonia Bendau, Andreas Ströhle, Moritz Bruno Petzold Chapter 42. Treatment of Patients with Mental Illness Amid a Global COVID-19 Pandemic / Ankit Jain, Kamal Kant Sahu, Paroma Mitra Chapter 43. A Shift in Medical Education During the COVID-19 Pandemic / Farida Nentin, Nagaraj Gabbur, Adi Katz Chapter 44. Reopening Schools After a Novel Coronavirus Surge / Dan Li, Elizabeth Z. Lin, Marie A. Brault, Julie Paquette, Sten H. Vermund, Krystal J. Godri Pollitt Chapter 45. COVID-19 and Its Impact on Tourism Industry / Dimitrios G. Lagos, Panoraia Poulaki, Penny Lambrou Chapter 46. COVID-19 and Its Global Economic Impact / Zahra Kolahchi, Manlio De Domenico, Lucina Q. Uddin, Valentina Cauda, Igor Grossmann, Lucas Lacasa, Giulia Grancini, Morteza Mahmoudi, Nima Rezaei Chapter 47. Retrieval and Investigation of Data on SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19 Using Bioinformatics Approach / Muhamad Fahmi, Viol Dhea Kharisma, Arif Nur Muhammad Ansori, Masahiro Ito Chapter 48. Answering the Challenge of COVID-19 Pandemic through Innovation and Ingenuity / Kathryn Clare Kelley, Jonathan Kamler, Manish Garg, Stanislaw P. Stawicki Chapter 49. COVID-19 Pandemic: The Influence of Culture and Lessons for Collaborative Activities / Linda Simon Paulo, George M. Bwire, Xingchen Pan, Tianyue Gao, Amene Saghazadeh, Chungen Pan Chapter 50. A Borderless Solution Is Needed for A Borderless Complexity, Like COVID-19, The Universal Invader / Kawthar Mohamed, Rangarirai Makuku, Eduardo Rodríguez-Román, Aram Pascal Abu Hejleh, Musa Joya, Mariya Ivanovska, Sara A. Makka, Md Shahidul Islam, Nesrine Radwan, Attig-Bahar Faten, Chunfeng Xiao, Leander Marquez, Nima Rezaei Chapter 51. Socialization During The COVID-19 Pandem
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: 9783030670733 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Advances in computer power and observing systems has led to the generation and accumulation of large scale weather & climate data begging for exploration and analysis. Pattern Identification and Data Mining in Weather and Climate presents, from different perspectives, most available, novel and conventional, approaches used to analyze multivariate time series in climate science to identify patterns of variability, teleconnections, and reduce dimensionality. The book discusses different methods to identify patterns of spatiotemporal fields. The book also presents machine learning with a particular focus on the main methods used in climate science. Applications to atmospheric and oceanographic data are also presented and discussed in most chapters. To help guide students and beginners in the field of weather & climate data analysis, basic Matlab skeleton codes are given is some chapters, complemented with a list of software links toward the end of the text. A number of technical appendices are also provided, making the text particularly suitable for didactic purposes. The topic of EOFs and associated pattern identification in space-time data sets has gone through an extraordinary fast development, both in terms of new insights and the breadth of applications. We welcome this text by Abdel Hannachi who not only has a deep insight in the field but has himself made several contributions to new developments in the last 15 years. - Huug van den Dool, Climate Prediction Center, NCEP, College Park, MD, U.S.A. Now that weather and climate science is producing ever larger and richer data sets, the topic of pattern extraction and interpretation has become an essential part. This book provides an up to date overview of the latest techniques and developments in this area. - Maarten Ambaum, Department of Meteorology, University of Reading, U.K. This nicely and expertly written book covers a lot of ground, ranging from classical linear pattern identification techniques to more modern machine learning, illustrated with examples from weather & climate science. It will be very valuable both as a tutorial for graduate and postgraduate students and as a reference text for researchers and practitioners in the field. - Frank Kwasniok, College of Engineering, University of Exeter, U.K.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 600 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030670733 , 978-3-030-67073-3
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Complexity of the Climate System 1.2 Data Exploration, Data Mining and Feature Extraction 1.3 Major Concern in Climate Data Analysis 1.3.1 Characteristics of High-Dimensional Space Geometry 1.3.2 Curse of Dimensionality and Empty Space Phenomena 1.3.3 Dimension Reduction and Latent Variable Models 1.3.4 Some Problems and Remedies in Dimension Reduction 1.4 Examples of the Most Familiar Techniques 2 General Setting and Basic Terminology 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Simple Visualisation Techniques 2.3 Data Processing and Smoothing 2.3.1 Preliminary Checking 2.3.2 Smoothing 2.3.3 Simple Descriptive Statistics 2.4 Data Set-Up 2.5 Basic Notation/Terminology 2.5.1 Centring 2.5.2 Covariance Matrix 2.5.3 Scaling 2.5.4 Sphering 2.5.5 Singular Value Decomposition 2.6 Stationary Time Series, Filtering and Spectra 2.6.1 Univariate Case 2.6.2 Multivariate Case 3 Empirical Orthogonal Functions 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Eigenvalue Problems in Meteorology: Historical Perspective 3.2.1 The Quest for Climate Patterns: Teleconnections 3.2.2 Eigenvalue Problems in Meteorology 3.3 Computing Principal Components 3.3.1 Basis of Principal Component Analysis 3.3.2 Karhunen–Loéve Expansion 3.3.3 Derivation of PCs/EOFs 3.3.4 Computing EOFs and PCs 3.4 Sampling, Properties and Interpretation of EOFs 3.4.1 Sampling Variability and Uncertainty 3.4.2 Independent and Effective Sample Sizes 3.4.3 Dimension Reduction 3.4.4 Properties and Interpretation 3.5 Covariance Versus Correlation 3.6 Scaling Problems in EOFs 3.7 EOFs for Multivariate Normal Data 3.8 Other Procedures for Obtaining EOFs 3.9 Other Related Methods 3.9.1 Teleconnectivity 3.9.2 Regression Matrix 3.9.3 Empirical Orthogonal Teleconnection 3.9.4 Climate Network-Based Methods 4 Rotated and Simplified EOFs 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Rotation of EOFs 4.2.1 Background on Rotation 4.2.2 Derivation of REOFs 4.2.3 Computing REOFs 4.3 Simplified EOFs: SCoTLASS 4.3.1 Background 4.3.2 LASSO-Based Simplified EOFs 4.3.3 Computing the Simplified EOFs 5 Complex/Hilbert EOFs 5.1 Background 5.2 Conventional Complex EOFs 5.2.1 Pairs of Scalar Fields 5.2.2 Single Field 5.3 Frequency Domain EOFs 5.3.1 Background 5.3.2 Derivation of FDEOFs 5.4 Complex Hilbert EOFs 5.4.1 Hilbert Transform: Continuous Signals 5.4.2 Hilbert Transform: Discrete Signals 5.4.3 Application to Time Series 5.4.4 Complex Hilbert EOFs 5.5 Rotation of HEOFs 6 Principal Oscillation Patterns and Their Extension 6.1 Introduction 6.2 POP Derivation and Estimation 6.2.1 Spatial Patterns 6.2.2 Time Coefficients 6.2.3 Example 6.3 Relation to Continuous POPs 6.3.1 Basic Relationships 6.3.2 Finite Time POPs 6.4 Cyclo-Stationary POPs 6.5 Other Extensions/Interpretations of POPs 6.5.1 POPs and Normal Modes 6.5.2 Complex POPs 6.5.3 Hilbert Oscillation Patterns 6.5.4 Dynamic Mode Decomposition 6.6 High-Order POPs 6.7 Principal Interaction Patterns 7 Extended EOFs and SSA 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Dynamical Reconstruction and SSA 7.2.1 Background 7.2.2 Dynamical Reconstruction and SSA 7.3 Examples 7.3.1 White Noise 7.3.2 Red Noise 7.4 SSA and Periodic Signals 7.5 Extended EOFs or Multivariate SSA 7.5.1 Background 7.5.2 Definition and Computation of EEOFs 7.5.3 Data Filtering and Oscillation Reconstruction 7.6 Potential Interpretation Pitfalls 7.7 Alternatives to SSA and EEOFs 7.7.1 Recurrence Networks 7.7.2 Data-Adaptive Harmonic Decomposition 8 Persistent, Predictive and Interpolated Patterns 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Background on Persistence and Prediction of Stationary Time Series 8.2.1 Decorrelation Time 8.2.2 The Prediction Problem and Kolmogorov Formula 8.3 Optimal Persistence and Average Predictability 8.3.1 Derivation of Optimally Persistent Patterns 8.3.2 Estimation from Finite Samples 8.3.3 Average Predictability Patterns 8.4 Predictive Patterns 8.4.1 Introduction 8.4.2 Optimally Predictable Patterns 8.4.3 Computational Aspects 8.5 Optimally Interpolated Patterns 8.5.1 Background 8.5.2 Interpolation and Pattern Derivation 8.5.3 Numerical Aspects 8.5.4 Application 8.6 Forecastable Component Analysis 9 Principal Coordinates or Multidimensional Scaling 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Dissimilarity Measures 9.3 Metric Multidimensional Scaling 9.3.1 The Problem of Classical Scaling 9.3.2 Principal Coordinate Analysis 9.3.3 Case of Non-Euclidean Dissimilarity Matrix 9.4 Non-metric Scaling 9.5 Further Extensions 9.5.1 Replicated and Weighted MDS 9.5.2 Nonlinear Structure 9.5.3 Application to the Asian Monsoon 9.5.4 Scaling and the Matrix Nearness Problem 10 Factor Analysis 10.1 Introduction 10.2 The Factor Model 10.2.1 Background 10.2.2 Model Definition and Terminology 10.2.3 Model Identification 10.2.4 Non-unicity of Loadings 10.3 Parameter Estimation 10.3.1 Maximum Likelihood Estimates 10.3.2 Expectation Maximisation Algorithm 10.4 Factor Rotation 10.4.1 Oblique and Orthogonal Rotations 10.4.2 Examples of Rotation Criteria 10.5 Exploratory FA and Application to SLP Anomalies 10.5.1 Factor Analysis as a Matrix Decomposition Problem 10.5.2 A Factor Rotation 10.6 Basic Difference Between EOF and Factor Analyses 10.6.1 Comparison Based on the Standard Factor Model 10.6.2 Comparison Based on the Exploratory Factor Analysis Model 11 Projection Pursuit 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Definition and Purpose of Projection Pursuit 11.2.1 What Is Projection Pursuit? 11.2.2 Why Projection Pursuit? 11.3 Entropy and Structure of Random Variables 11.3.1 Shannon Entropy 11.3.2 Differential Entropy 11.4 Types of Projection Indexes 11.4.1 Quality of a Projection Index 11.4.2 Various PP Indexes 11.4.3 Practical Implementation 11.5 PP Regression and Density Estimation 11.5.1 PP Regression 11.5.2 PP Density Estimation 11.6 Skewness Modes and Climate Application of PP 12 Independent Component Analysis 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Background and Definition 12.2.1 Blind Deconvolution 12.2.2 Blind Source Separation 12.2.3 Definition of ICA 12.3 Independence and Non-normality 12.3.1 Statistical Independence 12.3.2 Non-normality 12.4 Information-Theoretic Measures 12.4.1 Entropy 12.4.2 Kullback–Leibler Divergence 12.4.3 Mutual Information 12.4.4 Negentropy 12.4.5 Useful Approximations 12.5 Independent Component Estimation 12.5.1 Choice of Objective Function for ICA 12.5.2 Numerical Implementation 12.6 ICA via EOF Rotation and Weather and Climate Application 12.6.1 The Standard Two-Way Problem 12.6.2 Extension to the Three-Way Data 12.7 ICA Generalisation: Independent Subspace Analysis 13 Kernel EOFs 13.1 Background 13.2 Kernel EOFs 13.2.1 Formulation of Kernel EOFs 13.2.2 Practical Details of Kernel EOF Computation 13.2.3 Illustration with Concentric Clusters 13.3 Relation to Other Approaches 13.3.1 Spectral Clustering 13.3.2 Modularity Clustering 13.4 Pre-images in Kernel PCA 13.5 Application to An Atmospheric Model and Reanalyses 13.5.1 Application to a Simplified Atmospheric Model 13.5.2 Application to Reanalyses 13.6 Other Extensions of Kernel EOFs 13.6.1 Extended Kernel EOFs 13.6.2 Kernel POPs 14 Functional and Regularised EOFs 14.1 Functional EOFs 14.2 Functional PCs and Discrete Sampling 14.3 An Example of Functional PCs from Oceanography 14.4 Regularised EOFs 14.4.1 General Setting 14.4.2 Case of Spatial Fields 14.5 Numerical Solution of the Full Regularised EOF Problem 14.6 Application of Regularised EOFs to SLP Anomalies 15 Methods for Coupled Patterns 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Canonical Correlation Analysis 15.2.1 Background 15.2.2 Formulation of CCA 15.2.3 Computational Aspect 15.2.4 Regularised CCA 15.2.5 Use of Correlation Matrices 15.3 Canonical Covariance Analysis 15.4 Redundancy Analysis 15.4.1 Redundancy Index 15.4.2 Redundancy Analysis 15.5 Application: Optimal Lag Between Two Fields and Other Extensions 15.5.1 Application of CCA 15.5.2 Application of Redundancy 15.6 Principal Predictors 15.7 Extension: Functional Smooth CCA 15.7.1 Introduction 15.7.2 Functional Non-smooth CCA and Indeterminacy 15.7.3 Smooth CCA/MCA 15.7.4 Application of SMCA to Space–Time Fields 15.8 Some Points on Coupled Patterns and Multiva
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: 9783030749132 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook introduces methods of geoscientific data acquisition using MATLAB in combination with inexpensive data acquisition hardware such as sensors in smartphones, sensors that come with the LEGO MINDSTORMS set, webcams with stereo microphones, and affordable spectral and thermal cameras. The text includes 35 exercises in data acquisition, such as using a smartphone to acquire stereo images of rock specimens from which to calculate point clouds, using visible and near-infrared spectral cameras to classify the minerals in rocks, using thermal cameras to differentiate between different types of surface such as between soil and vegetation, localizing a sound source using travel time differences between pairs of microphones to localize a sound source, quantifying the total harmonic distortion and signal-to-noise ratio of acoustic and elastic signals, acquiring and streaming meteorological data using application programming interfaces, wireless networks, and internet of things platforms, determining the spatial resolution of ultrasonic and optical sensors, and detecting magnetic anomalies using a smartphone magnetometer mounted on a LEGO MINDSTORMS scanner. The book’s electronic supplementary material (available online through Springer Link) contains recipes that include all the MATLAB commands featured in the book, the example data, the LEGO construction plans, photos and videos of the measurement procedures.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 340 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030749132 , 978-3-030-74913-2
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Data Acquisition in Earth Sciences 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Methods of Data Acquisition 1.3 Classroom-Sized Earth Science Experiments Recommended Reading 2 Introduction to MATLAB 2.1 MATLAB in Earth Sciences 2.2 Getting Started 2.3 The Syntax 2.4 Array Manipulation 2.5 Basic Visualization Tools 2.6 Generating Code to Recreate Graphics 2.7 Publishing and Sharing MATLAB Code 2.8 Exercises 2.8.1 Getting Started with MATLAB 2.8.2 Using MATLAB Help and Docs 2.8.3 Creating a Simple MATLAB Script 2.8.4 Creating Graphics with MATLAB 2.8.5 Collaborative Coding with MATLAB Recommended Reading 3 MATLAB Programming 3.1 Introduction to Programming 3.2 Data Types in MATLAB 3.3 Data Storage and Handling 3.4 Control Flow 3.5 Scripts and Functions 3.6 Creating Graphical User Interfaces 3.7 Exercises . 3.7.1 Communicating with the LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 Brick 3.7.2 Controlling EV3 Motors Using an Ultrasonic Sensor 3.7.3 Reading Complex Text Files with MATLAB 3.7.4 Smartphone Sensors with MATLAB Mobile 3.7.5 Smartphone GPS Tracking with MATLAB Mobile Recommended Reading 4 Geometric Properties 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Position on the Earth’s Surface 4.3 Digital Elevation Models of the Earth’s Surface 4.4 Gridding and Contouring 4.5 Exercises 4.5.1 Dip and Dip Direction of Planar Features Using Smartphone Sensors 4.5.2 Precision and Accuracy of Ultrasonic Distance Measurements 4.5.3 Spatial Resolution of the LEGO EV3 Ultrasonic Sensor 4.5.4 Object Scanning with the LEGO EV3 Ultrasonic Sensor 4.5.5 Point Clouds from Multiple Smartphone Images Recommended Reading 5 Visible Light Images 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Visible Electromagnetic Waves 5.3 Acquiring Visible Digital Images 5.4 Storing Images on a Computer 5.5 Processing Images on a Computer 5.6 Image Enhancement, Correction and Rectification 5.7 Exercises 5.7.1 Smartphone Camera/Webcam Images with MATLAB 5.7.2 Enhancing, Rectifying and Referencing Images 5.7.3 Stitching Multiple Smartphone Images 5.7.4 Spatial Resolution of the LEGO EV3 Color Sensor 5.7.5 Scanning Images Using the LEGO EV3 Color Sensor Recommended Reading 6 Spectral Imaging 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Visible to Thermal Electromagnetic Radiation 6.3 Acquiring Spectral Images 6.4 Storing Spectral Images on a Computer 6.5 Processing Spectral Images on a Computer 6.6 Exercises 6.6.1 Infrared Spectrometry of Landscapes 6.6.2 Using Spectral Cameras in a Botanic Garden 6.6.3 Using RGB Cameras to Classify Minerals in Rocks 6.6.4 Using Spectral Cameras to Classify Minerals in Rocks 6.6.5 Thermal Imaging in a Roof Garden Recommended Reading 7 Acquisition of Elastic Signals 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Earth’s Elastic Properties 7.3 Acquiring Elastic Signals 7.4 Storing and Processing Elastic Signals 7.5 Exercises 7.5.1 Smartphone Seismometer 7.5.2 Smartphone Sonar for Distance Measurement 7.5.3 Use of Stereo Microphones to Locate a Sound Source 7.5.4 Sound in Time and Frequency Domains 7.5.5 Distortion of a Harmonic Signal Recommended Reading 8 Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Earth’s Gravity Field, Magnetic Field and Weather 8.3 Acquiring Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.4 Storing Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.5 Exercises 8.5.1 Measuring the Density of Minerals 8.5.2 Gravitational Acceleration 8.5.3 Position, Velocity and Acceleration 8.5.4 LEGO-Smartphone Magnetic Survey 8.5.5 ThingSpeak Weather Station Recommended Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: 9783030394486 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Seaweeds (macroalgae) represent the most striking living components in the Antarctic’s near-shore ecosystems, especially across the West Antarctic Peninsula and adjacent islands. Due to their abundance, their central roles as primary producers and foundation organisms, and as sources of diverse metabolically active products, seaweed assemblages are fundamental to biogeochemical cycles in Antarctic coastal systems. In recent years, the imminence of climate change and the direct impacts of human beings, which are affecting vast regions of the Antarctic, have highlighted the importance of seaweed processes in connection with biodiversity, adaptation and interactions in the benthic network. Various research groups have been actively involved in the investigation of these topics. Many of these research efforts have a long tradition, while some “newcomers” have also recently contributed important new approaches to the study of these organisms, benefiting polar science as a whole. This book provides an overview of recent advances and insights gleaned over the past several years. Focusing on a timely topic and extremely valuable resource, it assesses the challenges and outlines future directions in the study of Antarctic seaweeds.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 397 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030394486 , 978-3-030-39448-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Antarctic Seaweeds: Biogeography, Adaptation, and Ecosystem Services / Iván Gómez and Pirjo Huovinen 1.1 Introduction: The Historical Context 1.2 Antarctic Seaweeds in the Wake of Climate Change 1.3 The Book 1.4 Gaps, Emerging Challenges, and Future Directions References Part II Diversity and Biogeography 2 Diversity of Antarctic Seaweeds / Mariana C. Oliveira, Franciane Pellizzari, Amanda S. Medeiros, and Nair S. Yokoya 2.1 The Antarctic Environment 2.2 Seaweeds in Antarctica: Definition and Importance 2.3 Seaweed Taxonomic Studies in Antarctica: Toward a New Species Compilation 2.4 Molecular Taxonomy for the Study of Antarctic Seaweed Diversity 2.5 Seaweed Distribution in Antarctica 2.6 Concluding Remarks: Gaps and Prospects for the Future References 3 Biogeographic Processes Influencing Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Seaweeds / Ceridwen I. Fraser, Adele Morrison, and Pamela Olmedo Rojas 3.1 Antarctica’s Place in the World: An Isolated Continent? 3.2 Physical Oceanographic Processes Influencing Movement of Seaweeds into or out of the Antarctic 3.3 Hitch-Hiking to the Antarctic: Passengers on Seaweed Rafts 3.4 Concluding Remarks References 4 Detached Seaweeds as Important Dispersal Agents Across the Southern Ocean / Erasmo C. Macaya, Fadia Tala, Iván A. Hinojosa, and Eva Rothäusler 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Detached Seaweeds in Antarctica 4.3 Abiotic Factors Influencing Floating Seaweeds 4.4 Biotic Factors Affecting Floating Seaweeds 4.5 Physiology of Floating and Drifting Seaweeds: Traspassing Thermal Barriers References 5 Biogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds Facing Climate Changes / Franciane Pellizzari, Luiz Henrique Rosa, and Nair S. Yokoya 5.1 The Abiotic Setting of the Southern Ocean 5.2 Biogeographic Patterns 5.3 Seaweed Assemblages: Are Antarctic Seaweed Diversity and Richness Changing? 5.4 The Physiological Bases of Macroalgal Shifts 5.5 Deception Island: A Case Study of Opportunistic, Alien, Cryptic and Cryptogenic Species 5.6 Reevaluating Eco-Regions, Isolation, and Endemism in the Southern Ocean 5.7 Concluding Remarks: Prospects for the Future Marine Flora of the Southern Ocean References 6 Comparative Phylogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds: Genetic Consequences of Historical Climatic Variations / Marie-Laure Guillemin, Claudio González-Wevar, Leyla Cárdenas, Hélène Dubrasquet, Ignacio Garrido, Alejandro Montecinos, Paula Ocaranza-Barrera, and Kamilla Flores Robles 6.1 Historical Isolation of Antarctic Marine Macroalgae 6.2 Antarctic Marine Macroalgae: Surviving Quaternary Glacial Cycles in Situ 6.3 Persistence in Multiple Isolated Glacial Refugia Versus a Single Antarctic Refugium 6.4 Antarctic Macroalgae Genetic Diversity: COI and TufA Sequences Data Sets 6.5 Brown, Red and Green Macroalgae: Sharing a Common Pattern of Glacial Impact and Postglacial Populations Recovery? 6.6 Concluding Remarks References Part III Physiology, Productivity and Environmental Reponses 7 Underwater Light Environment of Antarctic Seaweeds / Pirjo Huovinen and Iván Gómez 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Optics of Antarctic Coastal Waters 7.3 Adaptations of Antarctic Seaweeds to Extreme Light Conditions 7.4 Consequences for Light Field Under Current and Future Threats 7.5 Concluding Remarks References 8 Production and Biomass of Seaweeds in Newly Ice-Free Areas: Implications for Coastal Processes in a Changing Antarctic Environment / María L. Quartino, Leonardo A. Saravia, Gabriela L. Campana, Dolores Deregibus, Carolina V. Matula, Alicia L. Boraso, and Fernando R. Momo 8.1 Introduction: Seaweeds in Coastal Marine Ecosystems 8.2 Macroalgae and Carbon Fluxes in Antarctic Coastal Areas 8.3 Macroalgal Biomass Studies in Antarctica 8.4 The Ecosystem of Potter Cove: An Outstanding Case Study 8.5 A Dynamic Growth Model for Antarctic Macroalgae Under a Fast-Changing Environment 8.6 Seaweed Production in Present and Future Warming Scenarios 8.7 Future Prospects References 9 Carbon Balance Under a Changing Light Environment / Dolores Deregibus, Katharina Zacher, Inka Bartsch, Gabriela L. Campana, Fernando R. Momo, Christian Wiencke, Iván Gómez, and María L. Quartino 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Carbon Balance: A Case Study in Potter Cove 9.3 New Scenarios and Their Implications for Algal Photosynthesis 9.4 Concluding Remarks and Future Prospects References 10 Life History Strategies, Photosynthesis, and Stress Tolerance in Propagules of Antarctic Seaweeds / Nelso Navarro, Pirjo Huovinen, and Iván Gómez 10.1 Seasonal Strategies and Life History Cycles 10.2 Photosynthetic Light Requirements of Early Stages 10.3 Effects of Environmental Factors on the Biology of Propagules 10.4 Concluding Remarks: Biology of Propagules under Climate Change References 11 Form and Function in Antarctic Seaweeds: Photobiological Adaptations, Zonation Patterns, and Ecosystem Feedbacks / Iván Gómez and Pirjo Huovinen 11.1 Brief Overview of Form and Function in Seaweeds 11.2 Functional Groups of Seaweeds in the Antarctic 11.3 The Vertical Zonation of Antarctic Seaweeds: A Paradigm of Spatial Distribution of Different Morpho-functional Traits 11.4 Light Use Characteristics as a Major Factor Delineating Physiological Thallus Anatomy of Seaweeds 11.5 Form and Function in the Context of Life Strategies and Stress Tolerance 11.6 Functional Traits of Seaweeds and Properties of Benthic Communitie 11.7 Concluding Remarks References Part IV Biological Interactions and Ecosystem Processes 12 Successional Processes in Antarctic Benthic Algae / Gabriela L. Campana, Katharina Zacher, Fernando R. Momo, Dolores Deregibus, Juan Ignacio Debandi, Gustavo A. Ferreyra, Martha E. Ferrario, Christian Wiencke, and María L. Quartino 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Structural Patterns and Changes in Algal Community Composition during Succession 12.3 Ecological Factors Influencing Antarctic Algal Succession 12.4 Experimental Approaches to Study In Situ Succession of Antarctic Benthic Algae 12.5 Concluding Remarks and Perspectives References 13 Seaweed-Herbivore Interactions: Grazing as Biotic Filtering in Intertidal Antarctic Ecosystems / Nelson Valdivia 13.1 Biological Invasions and Their Impact on the Ecology of Antarctic Coastal Systems 13.2 Recent Introductions of Exotic Macroalgae in Antarctica 13.3 Can Grazers Control Alien Macroalgae in Antarctica? 13.4 Ulva intestinalis as a Case Study in a Simple, Two- Species Assembly Model 13.5 Concluding Remarks References 14 Diversity and Functioning of Antarctic Seaweed Microbiomes / Juan Diego Gaitan-Espitia and Matthias Schmid 14.1 Introduction: Environment and Antarctic Seaweed Host-Microbiome 14.2 Functional Interactions of Antarctic Seaweeds and Their Associated Microbiota 14.3 Deciphering the Structure and Diversity of Seaweed Microbiomes 14.4 Variation of Bacterial Community Diversity in Antarctic Seaweeds 14.5 Conclusions and Future Perspectives References 15 Seaweeds in the Antarctic Marine Coastal Food Web / Fernando R. Momo, Georgina Cordone, Tomás I. Marina, Vanesa Salinas, Gabriela L. Campana, Mariano A. Valli, Santiago R. Doyle, and Leonardo A. Saravia 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Food Webs and Seaweeds 15.3 Network Dynamics and Robustness 15.4 Non-Trophic Interactions 15.5 Final Remarks References 16 Trophic Networks and Ecosystem Functioning / Marco Ortiz, Brenda B. Hermosillo-Núñez, and Ferenc Jordán 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Macroscopic Ecosystem-Network Properties 16.3 Keystone Species Complex (KSC) 16.4 Contribution of Keystone Species Complex to Macroscopic Network Properties 16.5 Constrains and Perspectives Appendix 16.A References Part V Chemical Ecology 17 Chemical Mediation of Antarctic Macroalga-Grazer Interactions / Charles D. Amsler, James B. McClintock, and Bill J. Baker 17.1 Introduction 17.2 Feeding Bioassay Methodology 17.3 Antarctic Macroalgal Resistance to Herbivory 17.4 Macroalga-Invertebrate Interactions on the Western Antarctic Peninsula 17.5 Overview References 18 Brown Algal Phlorotannins: An Overview of Their Functional Roles / Iván Gómez and Pirjo
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: 9783030603199 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a part of ICL new book series “ICL Contribution to Landslide Disaster Risk Reduction” founded in 2019. Peer-reviewed papers submitted to the Fifth World Landslide Forum were published in six volumes of this book series. This book contains the followings: Part I with topics is mainly about landslides and earthquakes; landslide dams and outburst floods; catastrophic large-scale landslides in mountainous regions. Part II with topics is mainly about impact of climate change; loess landslides; mapping, monitoring and modeling of landslides; stabilization and mitigation; application of new technology in landslide studies. Prof. Vít Vilímek is a member of the evaluation committee of the International Consortium on Landslides (ICL), Editor-in-Chief of the university journal AUC Geographica and Associate Editor-in-Chief of the international journal Geoenvironmental Disasters. He is a Professor of Physical Geography at Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic. Prof. Fawu Wang is the President of the International Consortium on Geo-disaster Reduction (ICGdR) and the Editor-in-Chief of the international journal Geoenvironmental Disasters. He is a Professor at the School of Civil Engineering, Tongji University, China. Dr. Alexander Strom is a chief expert at the Geodynamics Research Center LLC, Moscow, Russia. He is also an Adjunct Professor at Chang’an University, Xi’an, China, Visiting Professor at SKLGP, Chengdu, China, and an alternative representative of the JSC “Hydroproject Institute” in ICL. Prof. Kyoji Sassa is the Founding President and the Secretary-General of the International Consortium on Landslides (ICL). He has been the Editor-in-Chief of International Journal Landslides since its foundation in 2004. Prof. Peter Bobrowsky is the President of the International Consortium on Landslides. He is a Senior Scientist of Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Prof. Kaoru Takara is the Executive Director of the International Consortium on Landslides. He is a Professor and Dean of Graduate School of Advanced Integrated Studies (GSAIS) in Human Survivability (Shishu-Kan), Kyoto University.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvi, 427 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030603199 , 978-3-030-60319-9
    ISSN: 2662-1894 , 2662-1908
    Series Statement: ICL contribution to landslide disaster risk reduction
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Catastrophic Landslides with Different Triggers Rock Avalanches: Basic Characteristics and Classification Criteria / Alexander Strom Study on the Phenomena of Liquefaction Induced Massive Landslides in 28 September 2018 Palu-Donggala Earthquake / Paulus P. Rahardjo The Krasnogorsk Landslide (Northern Caucasus): Its Evolution and Modern Activity / Igor K. Fomenko, Oleg V. Zerkal, Alexander Strom, Daria Shubina, and Ludmila Musaeva Earthquake-Triggered Landslides and Slope-Seismic Waves Interaction Inferring Induced Displacements / Salvatore Martino, Celine Bourdeau, Josè Delgado, and Luca Lenti Slope Deformation caused Jure Landslide 2014 Along Sun Koshi in Lesser Nepal Himalaya and Effect of Gorkha Earthquake 2015 / H. Yagi, G. Sato, H. P. Sato, D. Higaki, V. Dangol, and S. C. Amatya Inventory of Landslides Triggered by the Hejing Ms6.6 Earthquake, China, on 30 June 2012 / Chong Xu and Kai Li Pressure Head Dynamics on a Natural Slope in Eastern Iburi Struck by the 2018 Hokkaido Earthquake / Toshiya Aoki, Shin’ya Katsura, Takahiko Yoshino, Takashi Koi, Yasutaka Tanaka, and Takashi Yamada Investigation of 20 August 2019 Catastrophic Debris Flows Triggered by Extreme Rainstorms Near Epicentre of Wenchuan Earthquake / Dalei Peng, Limin Zhang, Hofai Wong, Ruilin Fan, and Shuai Zhang Spatial Distribution of Lakes in the Central Andes (31°–36°), Argentina: Implications for Outburst Flood Hazard / Mariana Correas-Gonzalez, Stella Maris Moreiras, and Jan Klimeš Rockfall/Rockslide Hazard, Lake Expansion and Dead-Ice Melting Assessment: Lake Imja, Nepal / Tomas Kroczek and Vit Vilimek Formation of the 2018 Bureya Landslide, Far East of Russia / Oleg V. Zerkal, Aleksey N. Makhinov, Alexander Strom, Vladimir I. Kim, Michael E. Kharitonov, and Igor K. Fomenko Landslide Dam Hazards: Assessing Their Formation, Failure Modes, Longevity and Downstream Impacts / Regine Morgenstern, Chris Massey, Brenda Rosser, and Garth Archibald The Sedimentology and Internal Structure of Landslide Dams—Implications for Internal Erosion and Piping Failure: A Review / Chukwueloka A. U. Okeke An Interdisciplinary Assessment of a Coal-Mining-Induced Catastrophic Landslide (Czech Republic) / Jan Burda and Vít Vilímek Could Glacial Retreat-Related Landslides Trigger Volcanic Eruptions? Insights from Mount Meager, British Columbia / Gioachino Roberti, Brent Ward, Benjamin van Wyk de Vries, Nicolas Le Corvec, Swetha Venugopal, Glyn Williams-Jones, John J. Clague, Pierre Friele, Giacomo Falorni, Geidy Baldeon, Luigi Perotti, Marco Giardino, and Brian Menounos Rock Avalanches in the Upper Reaches of the Mzymta River, Russia / Andrey A. Ponomarev, Kai Kang, and Oleg V. Zerkal Structural and Dynamic Numerical Models of Rockslides in the Carpathians and the Alps / Emilie Lemaire, Anne-Sophie Mreyen, and Hans-Balder Havenith Quantitative Investigation of a Mass Rock Creep Deforming Slope Through A-Din SAR and Geomorphometry / Michele Delchiaro, Emanuele Mele, Marta Della Seta, Salvatore Martino, Paolo Mazzanti, and Carlo Esposito Deformational Features of Deep-Seated Gravitational Slope Deformation of Slate Slopes in the Central Range, Taiwan / Ching-Ying Tsou, Masahiro Chigira, Yu-Chung Hsieh, Mien-Ming Chen, and Tai-Chieh He Bathymetric Analyses of Submarine Landslides on the Jan Mayen Ridge, Norwegian–Greenland Sea / Kiichiro Kawamura and Jan Sverre Laberg Forkastningsfjellet Rock Slide, Spitsbergen: State of Activity in a Changing Climate / Dirk Kuhn, Reginald L. Hermanns, Jewgenij Torizin, Michael Fuchs, Tim Redfield, Raymond Eilertsen, and Dirk Balzer Catastrophic Landslides in Indian Sector of Himalaya / Vinod K. Sharma Part II Frontiers of Landslide Science Enhancing Preparedness Against Impact of Climate Change on Slope Safety in Hong Kong / K. K. S. Ho, H. W. Sun, E. J. Lam, and F. L. C. Lo Climate Change and Surface Deformation Characteristics in Degradation Area of Permafrost in Lesser Khingan Mountain, China / Wei Shan, Chengcheng Zhang, Ying Guo, Monan Shan, Xujing Zeng, and Chunjiao Wang Climate Change Impact Evaluation on the Water Balance of the Koroška Bela Area, NW Slovenia / Nejc Bezak, Tina Peternel, Anže Medved, and Matjaž Mikoš Global Warming as a Predisposing Factor for Landslides in Glacial and Periglacial Areas: An Example from Western Alps (Aosta Valley, Italy) / Jessica Maria Chicco, Marco Frasca, Giuseppe Mandrone, Damiano Vacha, and Laurie Jayne Kurilla Characteristics and Causes of the Debris Flow in Shelong Gully, China / Qiang Zou, Peng Cui, Hu Jiang, Yanguo Liu, Cong Li, Sheng Hu, and Bin Zhou MPM Modelling of Buildings Impacted by Landslides / Sabatino Cuomo, Angela Di Perna, and Mario Martinelli Accelerating Landslide Hazard at Kandersteg, Swiss Alps; Combining 28 Years of Satellite InSAR and Single Campaign Terrestrial Radar Data / Rafael Caduff, Tazio Strozzi, Nils Hählen, and Jörg Häberle Identification Old Landslides in Permafrost Degradation Area in Northeast China by Difference Distribution of Surface Trees / Ying Guo, Wei Shan, Zhichao Xu, Chunjiao Wang, and Shuanglin Wang Forensic Geotechnical Investigation of the Skjeggestad Quick Clay Landslide, Norway / Thi Minh Hue Le, Vidar Gjelsvik, Suzanne Lacasse, Stein-Are Strand, Eirik Traae, and Vikas Thakur Accuracy Assessment of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) Structure from Motion Photogrammetry Compared with Total Station for a Deformed Slope / Vera Hui Loo and Chou Khong Wong ARAS: A Web-Based Landslide Susceptibility and Hazard Mapping System / Murat Ercanoglu, Mehmet Balcılar, Fatih Aydın, Sedat Aydemir, Güler Deveci, and Bilgekağan Çintimur A Landform Evolution Model for the Mannen Area in Romsdal Valley, Norway / Paula Hilger, Reginald L. Hermanns, and Bernd Etzelmüller Multimethodological Study of Non-linear Strain Effects Induced by Thermal Stresses on Jointed Rock Masses / Guglielmo Grechi and Salvatore Martino Extreme Rainfall Induced Landslide Susceptibility Assessment Using Autoencoder Combined with Random Forest / Kounghoon Nam and Fawu Wang Economizing Soil Nailing Design by Drainage Improvement—Case History at Ginigathhena / S. O. A. D. Mihira Lakruwan and S. A. S. Kulathilaka Performances of Geosynthetics-Reinforced Barriers for Protection Against Debris Avalanches / Sabatino Cuomo, Sabrina Moretti, Lorenzo Frigo, and Stefano Aversa Large and Small Scale Multi-Sensors Remote Sensing for Landslide Characterisation and Monitoring / Carlo Tacconi Stefanelli, Teresa Gracchi, Guglielmo Rossi, and Sandro Moretti Novel Cosmogenic Datings in Landslide Deposits, San Juan, Argentina / Pilar Jeanneret, Stella Maris Moreiras, Silke Merchel, Andreas Gärtner, Steven Binnie, Maria Julia Orgeira, G. Aumaître, D. Bourlès, and K. Keddadouche Modeling Landslide Volumes: A Case Study in Whatcom County, Washington, USA / Gabriel Legorreta Paulin, Trevor A. Contreras, Katherine A. Mickelson, Kara E. Jacobacci, and William Gallin CRE Dating of Torrential Alluvial Deposits as an Approximation to Holocene Climate-Change Signatures in the Northwestern Andes of Colombia / Santiago Noriega-Londoño, Maria Isabel Marín-Cerón, Julien Carcaillet, Matthias Bernet, and Isandra Angel Features of Construction in Areas with Deep Block-Type Landslides / Andrey Kazeev and German Postoev Rock Glaciers and Landslides in the Waste Dump of High-Altitude Kumtor Goldmine (Kyrgyzstan) / Isakbek Torgoev and Salamat Toguzbaev Geosynthetic Reinforced Soil Structures for Slope Stabilization and Landslide Rehabilitation in Asia / Pietro Rimoldi, Matteo Lelli, Pietro Pezzano, and Fabrizia Trovato Cutting-Edge Technologies Aiming for Better Outcomes of Landslide Disaster Mitigation / Kazuo Konagai International Consortium on Landslides
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: 9783030642020 (e-book)
    In: Water science and technology library, Volume 98
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides insights and a capacity to understand the climate change phenomenon, its impact on water resources, and possible remedial measures. The impact of climate change on water resources is a global issue and cause for concern. Water resources in many countries are extremely stressed, and climate change along with burgeoning populations, the rise in living standards, and increasing demand on resources are factors which serve to exacerbate this stress. The chapters provide information on tools that will be useful to mitigate the adverse consequences of natural disasters. Fundamental to addressing these issues is hydrological modelling which is discussed in this book and ways to combat climate change as an important aspect of water resource management.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 551 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030642020 , 978-3-030-64202-0
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library Volume 98
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Trend Analyses of Seasonal Mean Temperature Series Pertaining to the Tapi River Basin Using Monthly Data / Ganesh D. Kale 2 Dry Spell and Wet Spell Characterisation of Nandani River Basin, Western Maharashtra, India / Abhijit Mohanrao Zende and Prashant Basavaraj Bhagawati 3 Assessment of Climate Change on Crop Water Requirement in Tandula Command of Chhattisgarh (India) / Rahul Kumar Jaiswal, H. L. Tiwari, and Anil Kumar Lohani 4 Impact of Climate Change on Hydrological Regime of Narmada River Basin / Deepak Kumar Tiwari, H. L. Tiwari, Raman Nateriya, and Satanand Mishra 5 Climate Change Impacts on Water Resources in Ethiopia / Abiot Ketema and G. S. Dwarakish 6 Spatio-Temporal Trend Analysis of Long-Term IMD-Gridded Precipitation in Godavari River Basin, India / C. H. Praveenkumar and V. Jothiprakash 7 Forecasting Reference Evapotranspiration Using Artificial Neural Network for Nagpur Region / Nikhil Band, Aniruddha Ghare, and Avinash Vasudeo 8 Time-Varying Downscaling Model (TVDM) and its Benefit to Capture Extreme Rainfall / Subbarao Pichuka and Rajib Maity 9 An Assessment of Impact of Land Use–Land Cover and Climate Change on Quality of River Using Water Quality Index / Manisha Jamgade and Shrikant Charhate 10 Assessment of Tail Behavior of Probability Distributions of Daily Precipitation Data Over India / Neha Gupta and Sagar Rohidas Chavan 11 Benefit of Time-Varying Models Developed Using Graphical Modeling Approach for Probabilistic Prediction of Monthly Streamflow / Riya Dutta and Rajib Maity 12 Determination of Effective Discharge Responsible for Sediment Transport in Cauvery River Basin / Shobhit Maheshwari and Sagar Rohidas Chavan 13 A Comparative Study of Potential Evapotranspiration in an Agroforestry Region of Western Ghats, India / Pandu Narayana and K. Varija 14 Influence of Air Temperature on Local Precipitation Extremes Across India / Sachidanand Kumar, Kironmala Chanda, and Srinivas Pasupuleti 15 Effect of Spatial and Temporal Land Use-Land Cover Change on the Rainfall Trend: A Case Study in Kerala / Lini R. Chandran and P. G. Jairaj 16 Innovations and Application of Operational Ocean Data Products for Security of Marine Environment / Madhulika Sinha and Shrikant Charhate 17 Statistical Downscaling of Sea Level by Support Vector Machine and Regression Tree Approaches / S. Sithara, S. K. Pramada, and Santosh G. Thampi 18 Assessing the Impacts of Climate Change on Crop Yield in Upper Godavari River Sub-basin Using H08 Hydrological Model / Pushpendra Raghav and T. I. Eldho 19 Evaluation of Time Discretization of Daily Rainfall From the Literature for a Specific Site / R. Harshanth, Saha Dauji, and P. K. Srivastava 20 Quality Checks on Continuous Rainfall Records: A Case Study / R. Harshanth, Saha Dauji, and P. K. Srivastava 21 Assuring Water Intake Sustainability Under Changing Climate / Gaurav Talukdar and Arup Kumar Sarma 22 Characteristics of Gldas Evapotranspiration and Its Response to Climate Variability Across Ganga Basin, India / Lalit Pal, C. S. P. Ojha, and Amit Kumar 23 Seasonal and Inter-Annual Variability of Sea Surface Temperature and Its Correlation with Maximum Sustained Wind Speed in Bay of Bengal / Jiya Albert and Prasad K. Bhaskaran 24 Comparison of CMIP5 Wind Speed from Global Climate Models with In-Situ Observations for the Bay of Bengal / Athira Krishnan and Prasad K. Bhaskaran 25 Trend Analysis of Temperature for Eastern Ganga Canal Command / Radha Krishan, Bhaskar R. Nikam, and Deepak Khare 26 Analysis of Long-Term Rainfall Trends in Rajasthan, India / Darshan Mehta and S. M. Yadav 27 Statistical Downscaling of GCM Output and Simulation of Rainfall Scenarios for Brahmani Basin / Lasyamayee Lopamudra Sahoo and Kanhu Charan Patra 28 Impact of Land Use–Land Cover Changes on the Streamflow of the Kolab River Basin Using SWAT Model / Partha Sarathi Bhunia and Kanhu Charan Patra 29 Statistical Downscaling of Climatic Variables in Indo-Gangatic Alluvial Plain / Prabhakar Shukla and Raj Mohan Singh 30 Comparing Global High-Resolution Precipitation Data with Rain Gauge Data in Assam, India / Pulendra Dutta, Dipsikha Devi, and Arup Kr. Sarma 31 Variability of Rainfall, Temperature and Potential Evapotranspiration at Annual Time Scale Over Tapi to Tadri River Basin, India / Prem Mahyavanshi, V. D. Loliyana, and Priyank J. Sharma 32 Climate Change and Water Resources: Emerging Challenges, Vulnerability and Adaptation in Indian Scenario / Y. Shiva Shankar, Abhishek Kumar, and Devendra Mohan 33 Observed Spatio-Temporal Trends of Precipitation and Temperature Over Afghanistan / S. Rehana, P. Krishna Reddy, N. Sai Bhaskar Reddy, Abdul Raheem Daud, Shoaib Saboory, Shoaib Khaksari, S. K. Tomer, and U. Sowjanya 34 Identification of Historical Shift, Dispersion, and Trend of the Monsoon Season for Guwahati City Using Fuzzy Segmentation and Trend Analyses / Amrutha Suresh and Pekkat Sreeja 35 Analysis of Intensity–Duration– Frequency and Depth–Duration– Frequency Curve Projections Under Climate Variability / Manish Kumar Sinha, Klaus Baier, Rafig Azzam, M. K. Verma, and Ramakar Jha 36 Changes in Monthly Hydro-Climatic Indices for Middle Tapi Basin, India / Priyank J. Sharma, P. L. Patel, and V. Jothiprakash 37 Multiobjective Automatic Calibration of a Physically Based Hydrologic Model Using Multiobjective Self-Adaptive Differential Evolution Algorithm / Saswata Nandi and M. Janga Reddy 38 Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System-Based Yield Forecast Using Climatic Variables / Kalpesh Borse and P. G. Agnihotri 39 Impact of Climate Change on Hydrological Parameters / Arunima Priyadarsini Patnaik and Bandita Naik 40 Morphometric Analysis of Kosi River Basin, Bihar, India Using Remote Sensing and GIS Techniques / Niraj Kumar and Ramakar Jha 41 Simulation of Impact of Climate Change on the Performance of a Reservoir System in Eastern India / Satabdi Saha, Debasri Roy, and Rajib Das 42 Assessing the Impact of Spatial Resolution on Land Surface Model Based on Hydrologic Simulations / Aiendrila Dey and Renji Remesan 43 Infilling Missing Monthly Maximum and Minimum Temperature Dataset by EM Algorithm Followed by Distribution Based Statistical Assessment Using Eight Absolute Homogeneity Tests / P. Kabbilawsh, D. Sathish Kumar, and N. R. Chithra 44 Multisite Monthly to Daily Naturalised Streamflow Disaggregation Using Daily Flow Pattern Hydrograph / Vivek Verma 45 Error Analysis of TMPA Near Real-Time Precipitation Estimates for an Indian Monsoon Region / Ashish Kumar and RAAJ Ramsankaran 46 Comparison of Selection of Predictors for Statistical Downscaling of Precipitation Using Different Statistical Techniques / Kumar Keshav, Vivekanand Singh, and Roshni Thendiyath
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: 9781119606918 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Python is a modern programming language that has exploded in popularity both inside and outside of the Earth science community. Part of its appeal is it's easy-to-learn syntax and the thousands of available libraries which can be synthesized with core Python to do nearly any computing task imaginable. In particular, Python is useful for reading Earth-observing satellite datasets, which can be notoriously difficult to use due to the volume of information that results from the multitude of sensors, platforms, and spatio-temporal spacing. Python facilitates reading a variety of self-describing binary datasets that these observations are often encoded in. Using the same software, one can complete the entirerty of a research project and even produce plots. Within a notebook environment, the scientist can document and distribute the code which can improve efficiency and transparency within the Earth sciences community. Even with the right tools data are seldom ready off-the-shelf for analysis and research and requires a number of pre-processing steps to make the data useable. What steps to take and why are often except perhaps for data developers themselves. Data users often misunderstand concepts such as data quality, how to perform an atmospheric correction, or the complex regridding schemes necessary to compare data with different resolutions. Even to a technical user, the nuances can be frustrating and difficult to overcome. The consequence of this is that data remains unused, or worse, potentially misused"
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (300 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781119606918
    Series Statement: Special publications / American Geophysical Union 75
    Language: English
    Note: Contents -- Foreword -- Acknowledgments -- Introduction -- Part I Overview of Satellite Datasets -- Chapter 1 A Tour of Current Satellite Missions and Products -- 1.1 History of Computational Scientific Visualization -- 1.2 Brief Catalog of Current Satellite Products -- 1.2.1 Meteorological and Atmospheric Science -- 1.2.2 Hydrology -- 1.2.3 Oceanography and Biogeosciences -- 1.2.4 Cryosphere -- 1.3 The Flow of Data from Satellites to Computer -- 1.4 Learning Using Real Data and Case Studies -- 1.5 Summary -- References -- Chapter 2 Overview of Python -- 2.1 Why Python? -- 2.2 Useful Packages for Remote Sensing Visualization -- 2.2.1 NumPy -- 2.2.2 Pandas -- 2.2.3 Matplotlib -- 2.2.4 netCDF4 and h5py -- 2.2.5 Cartopy -- 2.3 Maturing Packages -- 2.3.1 xarray -- 2.3.2 Dask -- 2.3.3 Iris -- 2.3.4 MetPy -- 2.3.5 cfgrib and eccodes -- 2.4 Summary -- References -- Chapter 3 A Deep Dive into Scientific Data Sets -- 3.1 Storage -- 3.1.1 Single Values -- 3.1.2 Arrays -- 3.2 Data Formats -- 3.2.1 Binary -- 3.2.2 Text -- 3.2.3 Self-Describing Data Formats -- 3.2.4 Table-Driven Formats -- 3.2.5 geoTIFF -- 3.3 Data Usage -- 3.3.1 Processing Levels -- 3.3.2 Product Maturity -- 3.3.3 Quality Control -- 3.3.4 Data Latency -- 3.3.5 Reprocessing -- 3.4 Summary -- References -- Part II Practical Python Tutorials for Remote Sensing -- Chapter 4 Practical Python Syntax -- 4.1 "Hello Earth" in Python -- 4.2 Variable Assignment and Arithmetic -- 4.3 Lists -- 4.4 Importing Packages -- 4.5 Array and Matrix Operations -- 4.6 Time Series Data -- 4.7 Loops -- 4.8 List Comprehensions -- 4.9 Functions -- 4.10 Dictionaries -- 4.11 Summary -- References -- Chapter 5 Importing Standard Earth Science Datasets -- 5.1 Text -- 5.2 NetCDF -- 5.2.1 Manually Creating a Mask Variable Using True and False Values. -- 5.2.2 Using NumPy Masked Arrays to Filter Automatically -- 5.3 HDF -- 5.4 GRIB2 -- 5.5 Importing Data Using Xarray -- 5.5.1 netCDF -- 5.5.2 Examining Vertical Cross Sections -- 5.5.3 Examining Horizontal Cross Sections -- 5.5.4 GRIB2 using Cfgrib -- 5.5.5 Accessing Datasets Using OpenDAP -- 5.6 Summary -- References -- Chapter 6 Plotting and Graphs for All -- 6.1 Univariate Plots -- 6.1.1 Histograms -- 6.1.2 Barplots -- 6.2 Two Variable Plots -- 6.2.1 Converting Data to a Time Series -- 6.2.2 Useful Plot Customizations -- 6.2.3 Scatter Plots -- 6.2.4 Line Plots -- 6.2.5 Adding Data to an Existing Plot -- 6.2.6 Plotting Two Side-by-Side Plots -- 6.2.7 Skew-T Log-P -- 6.3 Three Variable Plots -- 6.3.1 Filled Contour Plots -- 6.3.2 Mesh Plots -- 6.4 Summary -- References -- Chapter 7 Creating Effective and Functional Maps -- 7.1 Cartographic Projections -- 7.1.1 Geographic Coordinate Systems -- 7.1.2 Choosing a Projection -- 7.1.3 Some Common Projections -- 7.2 Cylindrical Maps -- 7.2.1 Global Plots -- 7.2.2 Changing Projections -- 7.2.3 Regional Plots -- 7.2.4 Swath Data -- 7.2.5 Quality Flag Filtering -- 7.3 Polar Stereographic Maps -- 7.4 Geostationary Maps -- 7.5 Creating Maps from Datasets Using OpenDAP -- 7.6 Summary -- References -- Chapter 8 Gridding Operations -- 8.1 Regular One-Dimensional Grids -- 8.2 Regular Two-Dimensional Grids -- 8.3 Irregular Two-Dimensional Grids -- 8.3.1 Resizing -- 8.3.2 Regridding -- 8.3.3 Resampling -- 8.4 Summary -- References -- Chapter 9 Meaningful Visuals through Data Combination -- 9.1 Spectral and Spatial Characteristics of Different Sensors -- 9.2 Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) -- 9.3 Window Channels -- 9.4 RGB -- 9.4.1 True Color -- 9.4.2 Dust RGB -- 9.4.3. Fire/Natural RGB -- 9.5 Matching with Surface Observations -- 9.5.1 With User-Defined Functions -- 9.5.2 With Machine Learning. -- 9.6 Summary -- References -- Chapter 10 Exporting with Ease -- 10.1 Figures -- 10.2 Text Files -- 10.3 Pickling -- 10.4 NumPy Binary Files -- 10.5 NetCDF -- 10.5.1 Using netCDF4 to Create netCDF Files -- 10.5.2 Using Xarray to Create netCDF Files -- 10.5.3 Following Climate and Forecast (CF) Metadata Conventions -- 10.6 Summary -- Part III Effective Coding Practices -- Chapter 11 Developing a Workflow -- 11.1 Scripting with Python -- 11.1.1 Creating Scripts Using Text Editors -- 11.1.2 Creating Scripts from Jupyter Notebook -- 11.1.3 Running Python Scripts from the Command Line -- 11.1.4 Handling Output When Scripting -- 11.2 Version Control -- 11.2.1 Code Sharing though Online Repositories -- 11.2.2 Setting up on GitHub -- 11.3 Virtual Environments -- 11.3.1 Creating an Environment -- 11.3.2 Changing Environments from the Command Line -- 11.3.3 Changing Environments in Jupyter Notebook -- 11.4 Methods for Code Development -- 11.5 Summary -- References -- Chapter 12 Reproducible and Shareable Science -- 12.1 Clean Coding Techniques -- 12.1.1 Stylistic Conventions -- 12.1.2 Tools for Clean Code -- 12.2 Documentation -- 12.2.1 Comments and Docstrings -- 12.2.2 README File -- 12.2.3 Creating Useful Commit Messages -- 12.3 Licensing -- 12.4 Effective Visuals -- 12.4.1 Make a Statement -- 12.4.2 Undergo Revision -- 12.4.3 Are Accessible and Ethical -- 12.5 Summary -- References -- Conclusion -- Appendix A Installing Python -- A.1. Download Tutorials for This Book -- A.2. Download and Install Anaconda -- A.3. Package Management in Anaconda -- Appendix B Jupyter Notebook -- B.1. Running on a Local Machine (New Coders) -- B.2. Running on a Remote Server (Advanced) -- B.3. Tips for Advanced Users -- B.3.1. Customizing Notebooks with Configuration Files -- B.3.2. Starting and Ending Python Scripts -- B.3.3. Creating Git Commit Templates. -- Appendix C Additional Learning Resources -- Appendix D Tools -- D.1. Text Editors and IDEs -- D.2. Terminals -- Appendix E Finding, Accessing, and Downloading Satellite Datasets -- E.1. Ordering Data from NASA EarthData -- E.2. Ordering Data from NOAA/CLASS -- Appendix F Acronyms -- Index -- EULA.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: 9783030534400 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book features original research and recent advances in ICT fields related to sustainable development. Based the International Conference on Networks, Intelligent systems, Computing & Environmental Informatics for Sustainable Development, held in Marrakech in April 2020, it features peer-reviewed chapters authored by prominent researchers from around the globe. As such it is an invaluable resource for courses in computer science, electrical engineering and urban sciences for sustainable development. This book covered topics including • Green Networks • Artificial Intelligence for Sustainability • Environment Informatics • Computing Technologies
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 407 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-53440-0 , 9783030534400
    ISSN: 2522-8722 , 2522-8714
    Series Statement: Advances in science, technology & innovation
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Artificial Intelligence for Sustainability An Intelligent Chatbot Using NLP and TF-IDF Algorithm for Text Understanding Applied to the Medical Field / Ayanouz Soufyane, Boudhir Anouar Abdelhakim, and Mohamed Ben Ahmed Artificial Intelligence in Predicting the Spread of Coronavirus to Ensure Healthy Living for All Age Groups / Stitini Oumaima, Kaloun Soulaimane, and Bencharef Omar Sustainability of Artificial Intelligence and Deep Learning Algorithms for Medical Image Classification: Case of Cancer Pathology / Dahdouh Yousra, Anouar Boudhir Abdelhakim, and Ben Ahmed Mohamed An Intelligent Strategy for Developing Scientific Learning Skills / Okacha Diyer, Naceur Achtaich, and Khalid Najib Interactivity for Artificial Intelligence Systems: NL2SQL / Karam Ahkouk, Mustapha Machkour, Rachid Mama, and Khadija Majhadi Toward an Intelligent Hybrid System Based on Data Analysis and Preprocessing Method / Sara Belattar, Otman Abdoun, and Haimoudi El khatir Proposed Precautions for Newborn Malware Family Inspired from the COVID19 Epidemic Outbreak / Ikram Ben Abdel Ouahab, Mohammed Bouhorma, Lotfi ElAachak,and Anouar Abdelhakim Boudhir Using Deep Features Extraction and Ensemble Classifiers to Detect Glaucoma from Fundus Images / Stephane Cedric Tekouabou Koumetio, El Arbi Abdellaoui Alaoui, Imane Chabbar, Walid Cherif, and Hassan Silkan The Role of Applications Deep Learning in Achieving Sustainable Development Goals / Redouane Lhiadi, Abdelali Kaaouachi, and Abdessamad Jaddar Self-Attention Mechanism for Diabetic Retinopathy Detection / Othmane Daanouni, Bouchaib Cherradi, and Amal Tmiri Comparative Study of Supervised Machine Learning Color-Based Segmentation for Object Detection in X-Ray Baggage Images for Intelligent Transportation Systems / Mohamed Chouai, Mostefa Merah, José-Luis Sancho-GÓmez, and Malika MIMI A Survey of Artificial Intelligence-Based E-Commerce Recommendation System / Mohamed Khoali, Abdelhak Tali, and Yassin Laaziz Green Networks and Intelligent Transportation Systems Customer-Oriented Dial-A-Ride Problems: A Survey on Relevant Variants, Solution Approaches and Applications / Sonia Nasri, Hend Bouziri, and Wassila Aggoune-Mtalaa Big Data Accident Prediction System in Green Networks and Intelligent Transportation Systems / Mouad Tantaoui, My Driss Laanaoui, and Mustapha Kabil A Survey of Optimization Techniques for Routing Protocols in Mobile Ad Hoc Networks / Younes Ben Chigra, Abderrahim Ghadi, and Mohamed Bouhorma Modeling and Performance Analysis for Transportation Systems of ULA and UCA Massive-MIMO Basing on Spherical Wave / Abdelhamid Riadi, Mohamed Boulouird, and Moha M’Rabet Hassani Enhancing Wireless Transmission Efficiency for Wireless Body Area Sensor Networks Based on Transposing of Sensors / Rahat Ali Khan, Shahzad Memon, and Qin Xin New Method to Detect the Congestion for Green Networking in MANET / Abdellah Nabou, My Driss Laanaoui, Mohammed Ouzzif, and Mohammed-Alamine El Houssaini Benchmarking Study of Machine Learning Algorithms Case Study: VANET Network / Sara Ftaimi and Tomader Mazri A Comparative Study of Detection Algorithm in VANET Network / Manale Boughanja and Tomader Mazri An Enhanced Energy-Efficient Hierarchical LEACH Protocol to Extend the Lifespan for Wireless Sensor Networks / Fatima Es-sabery and Abdellatif Hair A Survey of Security and Privacy for 5G Networks / Ahmed Ziani and Abdellatif Medouri An Adaptive Video Streaming Framework for Peer-To-Peer 5G Networks: Paving the Road to 5G-IMS / Adnane Ghani, El Hassan Ibn El Haj, Ahmed Hammouch, and Abdelaali Chaoub Recognition and Reconstruction of Road Marking with Generative Adversarial Networks (GANs) / Samir Allach, Mohamed Ben Ahmed, and Anouar Abdelhakim Boudhir Environmental Informatics & Sustainable Environment A Smart Agricultural System to Classify Agricultural Plants and Fungus Diseases Using Deep Learning / Oussama Bakkali Yedri, Mohamed Ben Ahmed, Mohammed Bouhorma, and Lotfi El Achaak Secure Data Collection for Wireless Sensor Network / Samir Ifzarne, Imad Hafidi, and Nadia Idrissi Computing Technologies to Construct an Islamic Geometric Patterns Respecting the “Hasba” Method / Yassine Ait Lahcen, Abdelaziz Jali, Ahmed El Oirrak, and Youssef Aboufadil Technology for Sustainable Development: Solar Adsorption Cooling System Cold Room Modelization Using Python / Hanane Abakouy, Hanae El Kalkha, and Adel Bouajaj Satellite Big Data Ingestion for Environmentally Sustainable Development / Badr-Eddine Boudriki Semlali and Chaker El Amrani A New Approach for Estimating Monthly Global Solar Irradiation Based on Empirical and Artificial Neural Networks Models: A Case Study of Al-Hoceima Province, in Morocco North Region / Badr Benamrou, Mustapha Ouardouz, Imane Allaouzi, and Mohamed Ben ahmed Computing Technologies for Sustainable Development Efficient Congestion Management for Sustainable Wireless Mesh Networks / Kaoutar Bazi and Bouchaib Nassereddine Classifying Security Attacks in IoT Using CTM Method / Hind Meziane, Noura Ouerdi, Mohammed Amine Kasmi, and Sanae Mazouz Exploring the Power of Computation Technologies for Entity Matching / Youssef Aassem, Imad Hafidi, and Noureddine Aboutabit Smart Sustainable Cities: A Chatbot Based on Question Answering System Passing by a Grammatical Correction for Serving Citizens / Bghiel Afrae, Ben Ahmed Mohamed, and Boudhir Anouar Abdelhakim Enhancing Wireless Transmission Efficiency for Sensors in Wireless Body Area Sensor Networks / Rahat Ali Khan, Shahzad Memon, and Qin Xin Study of Websocket Parent-Teachers/Qualified Teachers in Rural Areas: Case of Central African Republic / Ghislain Mervyl Saint-Juste Kossingou, Nadege Gladys Ndassimba, Edgard Ndassimba, Kéba Gueye, and Samuel Ouya A Comparison of QoS-Based Architecture Solutions for IoT/Edge Computing Environment / Nogaye Lo and Ibrahima Niang Towards Sustainable e-Learning Systems Using an Adaptive Learning Approach / El Miloud Smaili, Soukaina Sraidi, Salma Azzouzi, and My El Hassan Charaf Toward a Mobile Remote Controlled Robot for Early Childhood in Algeria / Ehlem Zigh, Ayoub Elhoucine, Abderrahmane Mallek, and Belcacem Kouninef Multi-Directional Total Variation and Wavelet Transform Based Methods: Application for Correlation Fringe Patterns Denoising and Demodulation / Mustapha Bahich and Mohammed Bailich A Multi-Agent System for Color Video Decomposition / Insaf Bellamine Serious Games for Sustainable Education in Emerging Countries: An Open-Source Pipeline and Methodology / Younes Alaoui, Lotfi El Achaak, Amine Belahbib, and Mohammed Bouhorma
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: 9789811553547 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents methods for investigating the effects of aquatic environmental changes on organisms and the mechanisms involved. It focuses mainly on photosynthetic organisms, but also provides methods for virus, zooplankton and other animal studies. Also including a comprehensive overview of the current methods in the fields of aquatic physiology, ecology, biochemistry and molecular approaches, including the advantages and disadvantages of each method, the book is a valuable guide for young researchers in marine or aquatic sciences studying the physiological processes associated with chemical and physical environmental changes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 352 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811553547 , 978-981-15-5354-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Measurement of Environmental Parameters Affecting Marine Plankton Physiology 1 Characteristics of Marine Chemical Environment and the Measurements and Analyses of Seawater Carbonate Chemistry / Weidong Zhai 2 Photosynthetically Active Radiation and Ultraviolet Radiation Measurements / Gang Li and Kunshan Gao Part II Plankton Culture Techniques 3 Manipulation of Seawater Carbonate Chemistry / Kunshan Gao 4 Microalgae Continuous and Semi-continuous Cultures / Shanwen Chen and Kunshan Gao 5 Culturing Techniques for Planktonic Copepods / Wei Li, Xin Liu, and Zengling Ma Part III Determination of Key Enzymes in Primary Producers 6 Carbonic Anhydrase / Jianrong Xia, Xiongwen Chen, and Mario Giordano 7 Rubisco / Cuimin Liu, Kaiyao Huang, and Jianrong Xia 8 Phosphoenolpyruvate Carboxylase / Fan Hu and Hanhua Hu 9 Nitrate Reductase / Dinghui Zou 10 Antioxidants and Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Scavenging Enzymes / Yahe Li and Zengling Ma Part IV Measurements and Analyses of Pigments 11 Chlorophylls / Wenting Ke, Yanchao Yin, Xiongwen Chen, and Baosheng Qiu 12 Phycobiliproteins / Yiwen Yang, Juntian Xu, and Baosheng Qiu 13 Carotenoids / Fan Hu and Hanhua Hu 14 Phenolic Compounds and Other UV-Absorbing Compounds / Peng Jin and Kunshan Gao Part V Measurements and Analyses of Photosynthesis and Respiration 15 Photosynthetic Oxygen Evolution / Guozheng Dai, Hualing Mi, and Baosheng Qiu 16 Photosynthetic Carbon Fixation / Gang Li, Yaping Wu, and Guang Gao 17 Photorespiration and Dark Respiration / Dinghui Zou and Juntian Xu 18 Carbon Dioxide vs. Bicarbonate Utilisation / Sven Beer, Mats Björk, and John Beardall 19 Action Spectra of Photosynthetic Carbon Fixation / Yaping Wu, Gang Li, and Kunshan Gao 20 Determination of the Inorganic Carbon Affinity and CO2 Concentrating Mechanisms of Algae / Yaping Wu and Kunshan Gao 21 Methods for Measuring Algal Carbon Fixation in Flow-Through Seawater / Kunshan Gao and Juntian Xu 22 Application of Membrane-Inlet Mass Spectrometry to Measurements of Photosynthetic Processes / Kunshan Gao and Hualing Mi 23 SIMS and NanoSIMS Techniques Applied to Studies of Plankton Productivity / Helle Ploug 24 Measurements of Photoinactivation and Repair of Photosystem II / Gang Li, Yahe Li, Wanchun Guan, and Hongyan Wu Part VI Chlorophyll Fluorescence Techniques and Applications 25 Basic Concepts and Key Parameters of Chlorophyll Fluorescence / Sven Beer, Mats Björk, and John Beardall 26 Fluorescence Measurement Techniques / Sven Beer, Mats Björk, and John Beardall 27 Carbon Assimilation Capacity and Blue-Green Fluorescence / Hualing Mi and Baosheng Qiu 28 In Situ Measurement of Phytoplankton Photochemical Parameters / Guang Gao, Peng Jin, and Kunshan Gao Part VII Biochemical and Molecular Methods 29 Biochemical Inhibitors for Algae / Yaping Wu and Kunshan Gao 30 Measurements of Particulate Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, and Phosphorus / Kai Xu, Kunshan Gao, Fei-xue Fu, and David A. Hutchins 31 Isolation of Organelles / Min Xu and Hualing Mi 32 Measurements of Calcification and Silicification / Kai Xu, Kunshan Gao, and David A. Hutchins 33 Use of the Fluorochrome Calcein to Measure Growth and Calcification in Marine Organisms / Sam Dupont 34 The Application of Transcriptomics, Metagenomics, and Metatranscriptomics in Algal Research / Xin Lin 35 Methods for Nitrogen Fixation Measurement / Feixue Fu and Pingping Qu 36 Trace Metal Clean Culture Techniques / Yuanyuan Feng, Feixue Fu, and David A. Hutchins Part VIII Research Methods for Animals and Viruses 37 Electrophysiological Recording in Fish / Xiaojie Wang 38 Heart Rate Measurement in Mollusks / Yunwei Dong, Guodong Han, and Xiaoxu Li 39 Measuring the Feeding Rate of Herbivorous Zooplankton / Wei Li and Zengling Ma 40 Measurement of Virus-Induced Phytoplankton Mortality / Dapeng Xu, Yunlan Yang, and Rui Zhang
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9783030763381 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction -- Chapter 2. Discovering Climate -- Chapter 3. The Language of Science -- Chapter 4. Applying Mathematics to Problems -- Chapter 5. Geologic Time -- Chapter 6. Putting Numbers on Geologic Ages -- Chapter 7. Documenting Past Climate Change -- Chapter 8. The Nature of Energy Received From the Sun – The Analogies with Water Waves and Sound -- Chapter 9. The Nature of Energy Received From the Sun---Figuring Out What Light Really Is -- Chapter 10. Exploring the Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Chapter 11. The Origins of Climate Science---The Idea Of Energy Balance -- Chapter 12. The Climate System -- Chapter 13. What’s At The Bottom of Alice’s Rabbit Hole -- Chapter 14. Energy from the Sun---Long-Term Variations -- Chapter 15. Solar Variability and Cosmic Rays -- Chapter 16. Albedo -- Chapter 17. Air -- Chapter 18. HOH---The Keystone Of Earth’s Climate -- Chapter 19. The Atmosphere -- Chapter 20. Oxygen and Ozone---Products and Protectors of Life -- Chapter 21. Water Vapor---The Major Greenhouse Gas -- Chapter 22. Carbon Dioxide -- Chapter 23. Other Greenhouse Gases -- Chapter 24. The Earth Is a Sphere and Rotates -- Chapter 25. The Coriolis Effect -- Chapter 26. The Circulation of Earth’s Atmosphere -- Chapter 27. The Circulation of Earth’s Oceans -- Chapter 28. The Biological Interactions -- Chapter 29. Sea Level -- Chapter 30. Global Climate Change---The Geologically Immediate Past -- Chapter 31. Human Impacts on the Environment and Climate -- Chapter 32. Predictions of the Future of Humanity -- Chapter 33. Is there an Analog for the Future Climate -- Chapter 34. The Instrumental Temperature Record -- Chapter 35. The Changing Climate of the Polar Regions -- Chapter 36. Global, Regional and Local Effects of Our Changing Climate -- Chapter 37. Final Thoughts.
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a thorough introduction to climate science and global change. The author is a geologist who has spent much of his life investigating the climate of Earth from a time when it was warm and dinosaurs roamed the land, to today's changing climate. Bill Hay takes you on a journey to understand how the climate system works. He explores how humans are unintentionally conducting a grand uncontrolled experiment which is leading to unanticipated changes. We follow the twisting path of seemingly unrelated discoveries in physics, chemistry, biology, geology, and even mathematics to learn how they led to our present knowledge of how our planet works. He explains why the weather is becoming increasingly chaotic as our planet warms at a rate far faster than at any time in its geologic past. He speculates on possible future outcomes, and suggests that nature itself may make some unexpected course corrections. Although the book is written for the layman with little knowledge of science or mathematics, it includes information from many diverse fields to provide even those actively working in the field of climatology with a broader view of this developing drama. Experimenting on a Small Planet is a must read for anyone having more than a casual interest in global warming and climate change - one of the most important and challenging issues of our time. This new edition includes actual data from climate science into 2021. Numerous Powerpoint slides can be downloaded to allow lecturers and teachers to more effectively use the book as a basis for climate change education.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 1001 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Third edition
    ISBN: 9783030763381
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Leningrad—1982 1.2 ‘Global Warming’ or ‘Global Weirding’ 1.3 My Background 1.4 What Is Science? 1.5 The Observational Sciences 1.6 The Compexity of Nature 1.7 Summary 2 Discovering Climate 2.1 Defining ‘Climate’ 2.2 Numerical Descriptions of Climate 2.3 How Science Works 2.4 Summary 3 The Language of Science 3.1 Numbers and Symbols 3.2 Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, and Calculus 3.3 Shapes 3.4 Orders of Magnitude and Exponents 3.5 Logarithms 3.6 Logarithms and Scales with Bases Other Than 10 3.7 Earthquake Scales 3.8 The Beaufort Wind Force Scale 3.9 Extending the Beaufort Scale to Cyclonic Storms 3.10 Calendars and Time 3.11 Summary 4 Applying Mathematics to Problems 4.1 Measures and Weights 4.2 The Nautical Mile 4.3 The Metric System 4.4 Temperature 4.5 Precisely Defining Some Words You Already Know 4.6 Locating Things 4.7 Latitude and Longitude 4.8 Map Projections 4.9 Trigonometry 4.10 Circles, Ellipses, and Angular Velocity 4.11 Centripetal and Centrifugal Forces 4.12 Graphs 4.13 Exponential Growth and Decay 4.14 The Logistic Equation 4.15 Statistics 4.16 Summary 5 Geologic Time 5.1 Age of the Earth—4004 BCE, or Older? 5.2 The Discovery of the Depths of Time—Eternity 5.3 Geologic Time Punctuated by Revolutions 5.4 Catastrophism Replaced by Imperceptibly Slow Gradual Change 5.5 The Development of the Geological Timescale 5.6 The Discovery of the Ice Age 5.7 The Discovery of Past Warm Polar Regions 5.8 Throwing a Monkey Wrench into Explaining Climate Change 5.9 Crustal Mobility’ to the Rescue 5.10 The Return of Catastrophism and the Idea of Rapid Change 5.11 The Nature of the Geologic Record 5.12 The Great Extinctions and Their Causes 5.13 Summary—A History with No Dates 6 Putting Numbers on Geologic Ages 6.1 1788—An Abyss of Time of Unknown Dimensions 6.2 1863—Physics Comes to the Rescue—Earth Is Not More than 100 Million Years Old 6.3 What We Now Know About Heat from Earth’s Interior 6.4 Some Helpful Background in Understanding Nineteenth-Century Chemistry 6.5 Atomic Weight, Atomic Mass, Isotopes, Relative Atomic Mass, Standard Atomic Weight—A Confusing Plethora of Terms 6.6 1895–1913—The Worlds of Physics and Chemistry Turned Upside Down 6.7 Henri Becquerel and the Curies 6.8 Nonconformists and the British Universities Open to All 6.9 The Discovery of Electrons, Alpha-Rays, and Beta-Rays 6.10 The Discovery of Radioactive Decay Series, Exponential Decay Rates, and Secular Equilibrium 6.11 The Mystery of the Decay Series Explained by Isotopes 6.12 The Discovery That Radioactive Decay Series Might Be Used to Determine the Age of Rocks 6.13 The Discovery of Stable Isotopes 6.14 Rethinking the Structure of the Atom 6.15 From Science to Science Fiction 6.16 The Discovery of Protons and Neutrons 6.17 Arthur Holmes and the Age of the Earth 6.18 The Development of a Numerical Geological Timescale 6.19 Summary 7 Documenting Past Climate Change 7.1 What Is ‘Climate’? 7.2 A Brief Overview of Earth’s Climate History 7.3 The Cenozoic Climate ‘Deterioration’ 7.4 From Ages to Process Rates 7.5 Radiometric Age Dating in the Mid-Twentieth Century 7.6 Potassium—Argon Dating 7.7 Reversals of Earth’s Magnetic Field 7.8 Fission Track Dating 7.9 Astronomical Dating 7.10 Tritium, Carbon-14, and Beryllium-10 7.11 The Human Acceleration of Natural Process Rates 7.12 The Present Climate in Its Geologic Context 7.13 Steady State Versus Non-steady State 7.14 Feedbacks 7.15 Summary 8 The Nature of Energy Received from the Sun—The Analogies with Water Waves and Sound 8.1 Water Waves 8.2 Special Water Waves—Tides and Tsunamis 8.3 Wave Energy, Refraction, and Reflection 8.4 Sound Waves 8.5 Sound Waves and Music 8.6 Measuring the Speed of Sound in Air 8.7 Measuring the Speed of Sound in Water 8.8 The Practical Use of Sound in Water 8.9 Summary 9 The Nature of Energy Received from the Sun—Figuring Out What Light Really Is 9.1 Early Ideas About Light 9.2 Refraction of Light 9.3 Measuring the Speed of Light 9.4 The Discovery of Double Refraction or ‘Birefringence’ 9.5 Investigating the Dispersion of Light 9.6 Figuring Out the Wavelengths of Different Colors of Light 9.7 Diffraction 9.8 Polarization of Light 9.9 Eureka!—Light Is Electromagnetic Waves 9.10 A Review of the Discovery of the Invisible Parts of the Electromagnetic Spectrum 9.11 The Demise of the ‘Luminiferous Æther’ 9.12 Summary 10 Exploring the Electromagnetic Spectrum 10.1 Spectra and Spectral Lines 10.2 The Discovery of Helium—First in the Sun, Then on Earth 10.3 The Discovery That Spectral Lines Are Mathematically Related 10.4 Heinrich Hertz’s Confirmation of Maxwell’s Ideas 10.5 Marconi Makes the Electromagnetic Spectrum a Tool for Civilization 10.6 Human Use of the Electromagnetic Spectrum for Communication, Locating Objects, and Cooking 10.7 Summary 11 The Origins of Climate Science—The Idea of Energy Balance 11.1 What Is Heat? 11.2 Thermodynamics 11.3 The Laws of Thermodynamics 11.4 The Discovery of Greenhouse Gases 11.5 Kirchhoff’s ‘Black Body’ 11.6 Stefan’s Fourth Power Law 11.7 Black Body Radiation 11.8 Summary 12 The Climate System 12.1 Insolation—The Incoming Energy from the Sun 12.2 Albedo—The Reflection of Incoming Energy Back into Space 12.3 Reradiation—How the Earth Radiates Energy Back into Space 12.4 The Chaotic Nature of the Weather 12.5 The Earthly Components of the Climate System: Air, Earth, Ice, and Water 12.6 The Atmosphere 12.7 The Hydrosphere 12.8 The Cryosphere 12.9 The Land 12.10 Classifying Climatic Regions 12.11 Uncertainties in the Climate Scheme 12.12 Summary 13 What Is at the Bottom of Alice’s Rabbit Hole? 13.1 Max Planck and the Solution to the Black Body Problem 13.2 The Photoelectric Effect 13.3 The Bohr Atom 13.4 Implications of the Bohr Model for the Periodic Table of the Elements 13.5 The Zeeman Effect 13.6 Trying to Make Sense of the Periodic Table 13.7 The Second Quantum Revolution 13.8 The Discovery of Nuclear Fission 13.9 Molecular Motions 13.10 Summary 14 Energy from the Sun—Long-Term Variations 14.1 The Faint Young Sun Paradox 14.2 The Energy Flux from the Sun 14.3 The Orbital Cycles 14.4 The Rise and Fall of the Orbital Theory of Climate Change 14.5 The Resurrection of the Orbital Theory 14.6 Correcting the Age Scale: Filling in the Details to Prove the Theory1 14.7 The Discovery that Milankovitch Orbital Cycles Have Affected Much of Earth History 14.8 Summary 15 Solar Variability and Cosmic Rays 15.1 Solar Variability 15.2 The Solar Wind 15.3 Solar Storms and Space Weather 15.4 The Solar Neutrino Problem 15.5 The Ultraviolet Radiation 15.6 Cosmic Rays 15.7 A Digression into the World of Particle Physics 15.8 How Cosmic Rays Interact with Earth’s Atmosphere 15.9 Carbon-14 15.10 Beryllium-10 15.11 Cosmic Rays and Climate 15.12 Summary 16 Albedo 16.1 Albedo of Planet Earth 16.2 Clouds 16.3 Could Cloudiness Be a Global Thermostat? 16.4 Volcanic Ash and Climate Change 16.5 Aerosols 16.6 Albedo During the Last Glacial Maximum 16.7 Changing the Planetary Albedo to Counteract Greenhouse Warming 16.8 Summary 17 Air 17.1 The Nature of Air 17.2 The Velocity of Air Molecules 17.3 Other Molecular Motions 17.4 The Other Major Component of Air—Photons 17.5 Ionization 17.6 The Scattering of Light 17.7 Absorption of the Infrared Wavelengths 17.8 Other Components of Air: Subatomic Particles 17.9 Summary 18 HoH—The Keystone of Earth’s Climate 18.1 Some History 18.2 Why Is HOH So Strange? 18.3 The Hydrologic Cycle 18.4 Vapor 18.4.1 Pure Water 18.5 Natural Water 18.6 Water—Density and Specific Volume 18.7 Water—Surface Tension 18.8 Ice 18.9 Earth’s Ice 18.10 How Ice Forms from Freshwater and from Seawater 18.11 Snow and ICE on Land 18.12 Ice Cores 18.13 Ice as Earth’s Climate Stabilizer 19 The Atmosphere 19.1 Atmospheric Pressure 19.2 The Structure of the Atmosphere 19.3 The Troposphere 19.4 The Stratosphere 19.5 The Mesosphere 19.6 The Thermosphere 19.7 The Exosphere 19.8 The Magnetosphere 19.9 The Ionosphere 19.10 The Atmospheric Greenhouse Effect 19.11 Th
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95736
    Description / Table of Contents: Moss-microbe associations are often characterised by syntrophic interactions between the microorganisms and their hosts, but the structure of the microbial consortia and their role in peatland development remain unknown. In order to study microbial communities of dominant peatland mosses, Sphagnum and brown mosses, and the respective environmental drivers, four study sites representing different successional stages of natural northern peatlands were chosen on a large geographical scale: two brown moss-dominated, circumneutral peatlands from the Arctic and two Sphagnum-dominated, acidic peat bogs from subarctic and temperate zones. The family Acetobacteraceae represented the dominant bacterial taxon of Sphagnum mosses from various geographical origins and displayed an integral part of the moss core community. This core community was shared among all investigated bryophytes and consisted of few but highly abundant prokaryotes, of which many appear as endophytes of Sphagnum mosses. Moreover, brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses represent habitats for archaea which were not studied in association with peatland mosses so far. Euryarchaeota that are capable of methane production (methanogens) displayed the majority of the moss-associated archaeal communities. Moss-associated methanogenesis was detected for the first time, but it was mostly negligible under laboratory conditions. Contrarily, substantial moss-associated methane oxidation was measured on both, brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses, supporting that methanotrophic bacteria as part of the moss microbiome may contribute to the reduction of methane emissions from pristine and rewetted peatlands of the northern hemisphere. Among the investigated abiotic and biotic environmental parameters, the peatland type and the host moss taxon were identified to have a major impact on the structure of moss-associated bacterial communities, contrarily to archaeal communities whose structures were similar among the investigated bryophytes. For the first time it was shown that different bog development stages harbour distinct bacterial communities, while at the same time a small core community is shared among all investigated bryophytes independent of geography and peatland type. The present thesis displays the first large-scale, systematic assessment of bacterial and archaeal communities associated both with brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses. It suggests that some host-specific moss taxa have the potential to play a key role in host moss establishment and peatland development.
    Description / Table of Contents: Während die Beziehungen zwischen Moosen und den mit ihnen assoziierten Mikroorganismen oft durch syntrophische Wechselwirkungen charakterisiert sind, ist die Struktur der Moos-assoziierten mikrobiellen Gemeinschaften sowie deren Rolle bei der Entstehung von Mooren weitgehend unbekannt. Die vorliegende Arbeit befasst sich mit mikrobiellen Gemeinschaften, die mit Moosen nördlicher, naturnaher Moore assoziiert sind, sowie mit den Umweltfaktoren, die sie beeinflussen. Entlang eines groß angelegten geographischen Gradienten, der von der Hocharktis bis zur gemäßigten Klimazone reicht, wurden vier naturbelassene Moore als Probenstandorte ausgesucht, die stellvertretend für verschiedene Stadien der Moorentwicklung stehen: zwei Braunmoos-dominierte Niedermoore mit nahezu neutralem pH-Wert sowie zwei Sphagnum-dominierte Torfmoore mit saurem pH-Wert. Die Ergebnisse der vorliegenden Arbeit machen deutlich, dass die zu den Bakterien zählenden Acetobacteraceae das vorherrschende mikrobielle Taxon der Sphagnum-Moose gleich welchen geographischen Ursprungs darstellen und insbesondere innerhalb des Wirtsmoosgewebes dominieren. Gleichzeitig gehörten die Acetobacteraceae zum wesentlichen Bestandteil der mikrobiellen Kerngemeinschaft aller untersuchten Moose, die sich aus einigen wenigen Arten, dafür zahlreich vorkommenden Prokaryoten zusammensetzt. Die vorliegende Arbeit zeigt zudem erstmals, dass sowohl Braunmoose als auch Torfmoose ein Habitat für Archaeen darstellen. Die Mehrheit der Moos-assoziierten Archaeen gehörte dabei zu den methanbildenden Gruppen, wenngleich die metabolischen Aktivitätsraten unter Laborbedingungen meistens kaum messbar waren. Im Gegensatz hierzu konnte die Bakterien-vermittelte Methanoxidation sowohl an Braunmoosen als auch an Sphagnum-Moosen gemessen werden. Dies zeigt eindrucksvoll, dass Moos-assoziierte Bakterien potenziell zur Minderung von Methanemissionen aus nördlichen, aber auch wiedervernässten Mooren beitragen können. Ein weiteres wichtiges Resultat der vorliegenden Arbeit ist die Bedeutung des Moortyps (Niedermoor oder Torfmoor), aber auch der Wirtsmoosart selbst für die Struktur der Moos-assoziierten Bakteriengemeinschaften, während die archaeellen Gemeinschaftsstrukturen weder vom Moortyp noch von der Wirtsmoosart beeinflusst wurden und sich insgesamt deutlich ähnlicher waren als die der Bakterien. Darüber hinaus konnte erstmalig gezeigt werden, dass sich die bakteriellen Gemeinschaften innerhalb der unterschiedlichen Moorsukzessionsstadien zwar ganz erheblich voneinander unterscheiden, ein kleiner Teil der Bakterien dennoch Kerngemeinschaften bilden, die mit allen untersuchten Moosarten assoziiert waren. Bei der hier präsentierten Arbeit handelt es sich um die erste systematische Studie, die sich auf einer großen geographischen Skala mit den bakteriellen und archaeellen Gemeinschaften von Braunmoosen und Torfmoosen aus naturbelassenen nördlichen Mooren befasst. Die vorliegenden Ergebnisse machen deutlich, dass die untersuchten Moose ein ganz spezifisches mikrobielles Konsortium beherbergen, welches mutmaßlich eine Schlüsselrolle bei der Etablierung der Wirtspflanzen am Anfang der Moorentwicklung spielt und darüber hinaus das Potential hat, die charakteristischen Eigenschaften von Mooren sowie deren weitere Entwicklung zu prägen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XX, 139, liv Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Content Preface Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung Abbreviations 1. Introduction 1.1. Peatlands 1.1.1. Peatland development and peat bog succession 1.1.2. Characteristic peatlands of the northern hemisphere 1.1.3. Anthropogenic threats of northern peatlands 1.1.4. Peat bog restoration 1.2. Peatland bryophytes 1.2.1. Brown mosses 1.2.2. Sphagnum mosses 1.3. Moss microbiota 1.3.1. Moss-associated bacteria 1.3.2. Moss-associated archaea 1.3.3. Endophytic prokaryotic communities 1.4. Biotic and abiotic influences on moss-associated microorganisms 1.5. Objectives 1.6. Study sites 1.6.1. High Arctic peatlands of Svalbard (SV) 1.6.2. Polygonal Tundra of Samoylov (SA) 1.6.3. Palsa Bogs of Neiden (NEI) 1.6.4. Kettle Bog Peatlands of Mueritz National Park (MUE) 2. Material and Methods 2.1. Sampling scheme overview 2.2. Sampling of pore water 2.3. Sampling of moss plantlets 2.4. Analysis of pore water chemistry 2.5. Cell wall analysis 2.5.1. Cation exchange capacity (CEC) 2.5.2. Holocellulose (HC) 2.5.3. Lignin and Lignin-like polymers (LLP) 2.5.4. Bulk moss litter analysis 2.6. Moss surface sterilisation and separation of putative epiphytic and endophytic microbial communities 2.7. DNA extraction and sequencing 2.8. Sequence analyses and bioinformatics 2.9. Statistical analyses 2.10. Potential methane production and oxidation assays 2.10.1. Surface sterilisation prior to activity tests 2.10.2. Methane production 2.10.3. Methane oxidation 3. Results 3.1. Peatland bulk and pore water characteristics 3.2. Diversity and structure of natural peatland microbial communities 3.3. Environmental drivers of moss-associated microbial communities 3.4. Microbial taxa associated with brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses 3.4.1. Moss-associated bacteria 3.4.2. Moss-associated archaea 3.4.3. Bacterial and archaeal core communities 3.4.4. Acetobacteraceae as dominant taxon of the bacterial core community 3.5. Sphagnum bacteriomes of disturbed, rewetted and pristine temperate kettle bog 3.6. Potential moss-associated methane production and methane oxidation rates 3.6.1. Moss-associated methane production 3.6.2. Moss-associated methane oxidation 4. Discussion 4.1. Environmental influences on moss-associated bacterial communities 4.2. Moss-associated archaeal communities and their environmental drivers 4.3. Distinct patterns of endophytic bacteria 4.4. The core microbiota and their possible role for peatland succession 4.5. The potential role of Acetobacteraceae for Sphagnum host mosses and bog ecosystems 4.6. Moss-associated microbial communities of the methane cycle and their potential metabolic activity 4.7. Diversity and structure of Sphagnum bacteriomes from pristine, disturbed and rewetted kettle bogs 5. Conclusion 6. Critical remarks and outlook 6.1. Critical remarks 6.2. Outlook Bibliography Supplementary
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: AWI G5-24-95642
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 21
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, 6
    Description / Table of Contents: This book, entitled Tracking Environmental Change Using Lake Sediments: Volume 6 – Sedimentary DNA, provides an overview of the applications of sedimentary DNA-based approaches to paleolimnological studies. These approaches have shown considerable potential in providing information about the long-term changes of overall biodiversity in lakes and their watersheds in response to natural and anthropogenic changes, as well as tracking human migrations over the last thousands of years. Although the first studies investigating the preservation of these molecular proxies in sediments originate from the late-1990s, the number of scientific publications on this topic has increased greatly over the last five years. Alongside numerous ecological findings, several sedimentary DNA studies have been dedicated to understanding the reliability of this approach to reconstruct past ecosystem changes. Despite the major surge of interest, a comprehensive compilation of sedimentary DNA approaches and applications has yet to be attempted. The overall aim of this DPER volume is to fill this knowledge gap.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 437 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783031437991 , 978-3-031-43798-4 , 9783031437984
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 21
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Using Lake Sedimentary DNA to Reconstruct Biodiversity Changes / Eric Capo, Cécilia Barouillet, and John P. Smol 2 The Sources and Fates of Lake Sedimentary DNA / Charline Giguet-Covex, Stanislav Jelavić, Anthony Foucher, Marina A. Morlock, Susanna A. Wood, Femke Augustijns, Isabelle Domaizon, Ludovic Gielly, and Eric Capo 3 The Sedimentary Ancient DNA Workflow / Peter D. Heintzman, Kevin Nota, Alexandra Rouillard, Youri Lammers, Tyler J. Murchie, Linda Armbrecht, Sandra Garcés-Pastor, and Benjamin Vernot 4 Bacterial and Archaeal DNA from Lake Sediments / Aurèle Vuillemin, Marco J. L. Coolen, Jens Kallmeyer, Susanne Liebner, and Stefan Bertilsson 5 Cyanobacterial DNA from Lake Sediments / Marie-Eve Monchamp and Frances R. Pick 6 Protist DNA from Lake Sediments / Cécilia Barouillet, Isabelle Domaizon, and Eric Capo 7 Diatom DNA from Lake Sediments / Katharina Dulias, Laura S. Epp, and Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring 8 Aquatic Vegetation DNA from Lake Sediments / Aloïs Revéret, Inger G. Alsos, and Peter D. Heintzman 9 Aquatic Animal DNA from Lake Sediments / Irene Gregory-Eaves, Marie-Eve Monchamp, and Zofia E. Taranu 10 Terrestrial Plant DNA from Lake Sediments / Sandra Garcés-Pastor, Kevin Nota, Dilli P. Rijal, Sisi Liu, Weihan Jia, Maria Leunda, Christoph Schwörer, Sarah E. Crump, Laura Parducci, and Inger G. Alsos 11 Terrestrial Fauna and Hominin DNA from Sedimentary Archives / Tyler J. Murchie, Charline Giguet-Covex, Peter D. Heintzman, Viviane Slon, and Yucheng Wang 12 An Overview of Biodiversity and Network Modeling Approaches: Applications to Sedimentary DNA Records / Zofia E. Taranu, Irene Gregory-Eaves, and Marie-Eve Monchamp 13 Perspectives and Future Developments Within Sedimentary DNA Research / Luke E. Holman, Yi Wang, Rikai Sawafuji, Laura S. Epp, Kristine Bohmann, and Mikkel Winther Pedersen Glossary, Acronyms and Abbreviations Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: AWI A5-24-95744
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is the hot spot of the ongoing, global climate change. Over the last decades, near-surface temperatures in the Arctic have been rising almost four times faster than on global average. This amplified warming of the Arctic and the associated rapid changes of its environment are largely influenced by interactions between individual components of the Arctic climate system. On daily to weekly time scales, storms can have major impacts on the Arctic sea-ice cover and are thus an important part of these interactions within the Arctic climate. The sea-ice impacts of storms are related to high wind speeds, which enhance the drift and deformation of sea ice, as well as to changes in the surface energy budget in association with air mass advection, which impact the seasonal sea-ice growth and melt. The occurrence of storms in the Arctic is typically associated with the passage of transient cyclones. Even though the above described mechanisms how storms/cyclones impact the Arctic sea ice are in principal known, there is a lack of statistical quantification of these effects. In accordance with that, the overarching objective of this thesis is to statistically quantify cyclone impacts on sea-ice concentration (SIC) in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean over the last four decades. In order to further advance the understanding of the related mechanisms, an additional objective is to separate dynamic and thermodynamic cyclone impacts on sea ice and assess their relative importance. Finally, this thesis aims to quantify recent changes in cyclone impacts on SIC. These research objectives are tackled utilizing various data sets, including atmospheric and oceanic reanalysis data as well as a coupled model simulation and a cyclone tracking algorithm. Results from this thesis demonstrate that cyclones are significantly impacting SIC in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean from autumn to spring, while there are mostly no significant impacts in summer. The strength and the sign (SIC decreasing or SIC increasing) of the cyclone impacts strongly depends on the considered daily time scale and the region of the Atlantic Arctic Ocean. Specifically, an initial decrease in SIC (day -3 to day 0 relative to the cyclone) is found in the Greenland, Barents and Kara Seas, while SIC increases following cyclones (day 0 to day 5 relative to the cyclone) are mostly limited to the Barents and Kara Seas. For the cold season, this results in a pronounced regional difference between overall (day -3 to day 5 relative to the cyclone) SIC-decreasing cyclone impacts in the Greenland Sea and overall SIC-increasing cyclone impacts in the Barents and Kara Seas. A cyclone case study based on a coupled model simulation indicates that both dynamic and thermodynamic mechanisms contribute to cyclone impacts on sea ice in winter. A typical pattern consisting of an initial dominance of dynamic sea-ice changes followed by enhanced thermodynamic ice growth after the cyclone passage was found. This enhanced ice growth after the cyclone passage most likely also explains the (statistical) overall SIC-increasing effects of cyclones in the Barents and Kara Seas in the cold season. Significant changes in cyclone impacts on SIC over the last four decades have emerged throughout the year. These recent changes are strongly varying from region to region and month to month. The strongest trends in cyclone impacts on SIC are found in autumn in the Barents and Kara Seas. Here, the magnitude of destructive cyclone impacts on SIC has approximately doubled over the last four decades. The SIC-increasing effects following the cyclone passage have particularly weakened in the Barents Sea in autumn. As a consequence, previously existing overall SIC-increasing cyclone impacts in this region in autumn have recently disappeared. Generally, results from this thesis show that changes in the state of the sea-ice cover (decrease in mean sea-ice concentration and thickness) and near-surface air temperature are most important for changed cyclone impacts on SIC, while changes in cyclone properties (i.e. intensity) do not play a significant role.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VIII, 131 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 The Arctic sea-ice cover 1.1.1 Sea ice in the coupled Arctic climate system 1.1.2 Recent changes of the Arctic sea ice 1.2 The atmosphere as driver of sea-ice variability 1.2.1 Large-scale circulation patterns 1.2.2 Role of cyclones 1.3 Thesis structure and research questions 2 Theory and methods 2.1 Synoptic cyclones 2.1.1 Related fundamentals of atmospheric dynamics 2.1.2 Cyclone activity in the Arctic 2.2 Cyclone tracking and cyclone occurrence mask 2.3 Dynamic and thermodynamic sea-ice variability related to cyclones 3 New insights into cyclone impacts on sea ice in the Atlantic sector of the Arctic Ocean in winter 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Data and methods 3.3.1 Database and cyclone identification 3.3.2 Quantification of cyclone impacts on SIC 3.4 Cyclone impacts on SIC 3.4.1 Effects of different time scales and regions 3.4.2 Effects of SIC conditions and cyclone depth 3.4.3 Spatial variability of SIC response to cyclones 3.4.4 Relation to near-surface wind and surface energy budget 3.5 Signature of ’New Arctic’ conditions 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Supplementary material 4 Impact of three intense winter cyclones on the sea ice cover in the Barents Sea: A case study with a coupled regional climate model 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Data and methods 4.3.1 HIRHAM–NAOSIM simulation 4.3.2 Supplementary evaluation data 4.3.3 Dynamic and thermodynamic contributions to sea-ice changes 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Cyclone cases 4.4.2 Cyclone impacts on SEB 4.4.3 Cyclone impacts on sea-ice concentration (SIC) 4.4.4 Cyclone impacts on sea-ice thickness (SIT) 4.4.5 Context to other cyclone cases during the MOSAiC winter 4.5 Discussion and conclusions 4.6 Supplementary material 5 Cyclone impacts on sea ice concentration in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean: Annual cycle and recent changes 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Data and methods 5.4 Changes in cyclones and traversed sea ice 5.5 Cyclone impacts on SIC 5.5.1 Annual cycle in the old Arctic 5.5.2 Changes in the new Arctic 5.5.3 Regional changes in autumn 5.6 Conclusions 5.7 Supplementary material 6 Conclusions and Outlook 6.1 What is the statistical impact of cyclone passages on sea-ice concentration (SIC) in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean? 6.2 What are the individual contributions of dynamic and thermodynamic processes to sea-ice changes related to cyclones? 6.3 Do the SIC impacts of cyclones change in a warming Arctic and what are the related mechanisms? 6.4 Ways forward Appendix: Cyclones modulate the control of the North Atlantic Oscillation on transports into the Barents Sea Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95742
    Description / Table of Contents: The arctic is warming 2 – 4 times faster than the global average, resulting in a strong feedback on northern ecosystems such as boreal forests, which cover a vast area of the high northern latitudes. With ongoing global warming, the treeline subsequently migrates northwards into tundra areas. The consequences of turning ecosystems are complex: on the one hand, boreal forests are storing large amounts of global terrestrial carbon and act as a carbon sink, dragging carbon dioxide out of the global carbon cycle, suggesting an enhanced carbon uptake with increased tree cover. On the other hand, with the establishment of trees, the albedo effect of tundra decreases, leading to enhanced soil warming. Meanwhile, permafrost thaws, releasing large amounts of previously stored carbon into the atmosphere. So far, mainly vegetation dynamics have been assessed when studying the impact of warming onto ecosystems. Most land plants are living in close symbiosis with bacterial and fungal communities, sustaining their growth in nutrient poor habitats. However, the impact of climate change on these subsoil communities alongside changing vegetation cover remains poorly understood. Therefore, a better understanding of soil community dynamics on multi millennial timescales is inevitable when addressing the development of entire ecosystems. Unravelling long-term cross-kingdom dependencies between plant, fungi, and bacteria is not only a milestone for the assessment of warming on boreal ecosystems. On top, it also is the basis for agriculture strategies to sustain society with sufficient food in a future warming world. The first objective of this thesis was to assess ancient DNA as a proxy for reconstructing the soil microbiome (Manuscripts I, II, III, IV). Research findings across these projects enable a comprehensive new insight into the relationships of soil microorganisms to the surrounding vegetation. First, this was achieved by establishing (Manuscript I) and applying (Manuscript II) a primer pair for the selective amplification of ancient fungal DNA from lake sediment samples with the metabarcoding approach. To assess fungal and plant co-variation, the selected primer combination (ITS67, 5.8S) amplifying the ITS1 region was applied on samples from five boreal and arctic lakes. The obtained data showed that the establishment of fungal communities is impacted by warming as the functional ecological groups are shifting. Yeast and saprotroph dominance during the Late Glacial declined with warming, while the abundance of mycorrhizae and parasites increased with warming. The overall species richness was also alternating. The results were compared to shotgun sequencing data reconstructing fungi and bacteria (Manuscripts III, IV), yielding overall comparable results to the metabarcoding approach. Nonetheless, the comparison also pointed out a bias in the metabarcoding, potentially due to varying ITS lengths or copy numbers per genome. The second objective was to trace fungus-plant interaction changes over time (Manuscripts II, III). To address this, metabarcoding targeting the ITS1 region for fungi and the chloroplast P6 loop for plants for the selective DNA amplification was applied (Manuscript II). Further, shotgun sequencing data was compared to the metabarcoding results (Manuscript III). Overall, the results between the metabarcoding and the shotgun approaches were comparable, though a bias in the metabarcoding was assumed. We demonstrated that fungal shifts were coinciding with changes in the vegetation. Yeast and lichen were mainly dominant during the Late Glacial with tundra vegetation, while warming in the Holocene lead to the expansion of boreal forests with increasing mycorrhizae and parasite abundance. Aside, we highlighted that Pinaceae establishment is dependent on mycorrhizal fungi such as Suillineae, Inocybaceae, or Hyaloscypha species also on long-term scales. The third objective of the thesis was to assess soil community development on a temporal gradient (Manuscripts III, IV). Shotgun sequencing was applied on sediment samples from the northern Siberian lake Lama and the soil microbial community dynamics compared to ecosystem turnover. Alongside, podzolization processes from basaltic bedrock were recovered (Manuscript III). Additionally, the recovered soil microbiome was compared to shotgun data from granite and sandstone catchments (Manuscript IV, Appendix). We assessed if the establishment of the soil microbiome is dependent on the plant taxon and as such comparable between multiple geographic locations or if the community establishment is driven by abiotic soil properties and as such the bedrock area. We showed that the development of soil communities is to a great extent driven by the vegetation changes and temperature variation, while time only plays a minor role. The analyses showed general ecological similarities especially between the granite and basalt locations, while the microbiome on species-level was rather site-specific. A greater number of correlated soil taxa was detected for deep-rooting boreal taxa in comparison to grasses with shallower roots. Additionally, differences between herbaceous taxa of the late Glacial compared to taxa of the Holocene were revealed. With this thesis, I demonstrate the necessity to investigate subsoil community dynamics on millennial time scales as it enables further understanding of long-term ecosystem as well as soil development processes and such plant establishment. Further, I trace long-term processes leading to podzolization which supports the development of applied carbon capture strategies under future global warming.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 198 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of Contents Summary Deutsche Zusammenfassung 1 Introduction 1.1 Arctic ecosystems under global warming 1.2 The plant-associated microbiome 1.3 Drivers of soil development 1.4 Ancient DNA to unravel past ecosystems 1.4.1 Lake sediments as archives of past community changes 1.4.2 Metabarcoding for targeting specific communities 1.4.3 Shotgun sequencing for broader overview 1.5 Thesis objective 1.6 Thesis outline and author contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Primer design and evaluation In silico analyses Evaluation of lake sediment core DNA for analyses of fungal paleoecology 2.4 Results Primer design and evaluation Evaluation of lake sediment core DNA for fungal paleoecology 2.4.1 Taxonomic resolution across the cores 2.4.2 Comprehensiveness: Rarefaction and accumulation curves 2.4.3 Amplicon length and GC content to assess bias through degradation 2.4.4 General taxonomic composition of fungi in Siberian lake sediment cores Diversity of fungal paleocommunities from lake CH12 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Preservation biases and potential contamination 2.5.2 Characteristics of the optimized sedaDNA ITS1 metabarcoding assay 2.5.3 Potential of lake sediment fungal DNA for paleoecology 2.6 Author contributions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Conflict of interest 2.9 References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Geographic setting and study sites 3.4 Materials and Methods 3.4.1 Sampling 3.4.2 DNA extraction and amplification 3.4.3 Bioinformatic analysis 3.4.4 Assessment of negative controls and contamination 3.4.5 Statistical analysis and visualization 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Fungi: sedaDNA sequencing results and overall patterns of alpha diversity and taxonomic composition 3.5.2 Vegetation: sedaDNA sequencing results and overall patterns of alpha diversity and taxonomic composition 3.5.3 Site-specific plant-fungus covariation 3.5.3.1 Fungus and plant covariation in arctic Siberia from MIS3 to the Holocene 3.5.3.2 Quantitative relationships between fungi and plant richness and composition 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Fungus and plant diversity along a spatiotemporal gradient in Siberia 3.6.2 Changes in ecosystem functioning over a spatiotemporal gradient 3.6.3 Implications of our results for ecosystem functioning and future research avenues 3.7 Conclusions Funding Availability of data and material Author contribution Declaration of competing interest Acknowledgements 3.8 References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results and Discussion 4.3.1 Compositional changes of plants, fungi, and bacteria in ancient metagenomic datasets 4.3.2 Long-term soil development: a trajectory or environmentally driven processes? 4.3.3 Bioweathering supported by lichens and mycorrhiza 4.3.4 Turnover in carbon, nitrogen, and sulphur cycling 4.3.5 Tracing podzolization 4.4 Implications and conclusions 4.5 Material and methods 4.5.1 Geographical setting and study site 4.5.2 X-ray fluorescence scanning of the sediment core 4.5.3 Core sub-sampling 4.5.4 DNA extraction 4.5.5 Single stranded DNA library build 4.5.6 Bioinformatic pipeline for the analysis of the sequencing results 4.5.7 Data analysis 4.5.8 Analysis of the ancient patterns 4.5.9 Statistical analysis of the dataset Acknowledgements 4.6 References Declarations 5 Discussion and synthesis 5.1 Long-term rhizosphere establishment in tundra and taiga areas 5.1.1 SedaDNA as a proxy for soil microbiome 5.1.1.1 Fungal DNA metabarcoding 5.1.1.2 Targeting soil communities with shotgun sequencing 5.1.1.3 Comparison between metabarcoding and shotgun sequencing for the soil microbiome 5.1.2 Fungi-vegetation interaction changes over time 5.1.3 Soil development on a temporal gradient 5.2 Conclusion and future perspectives 6 References 7 Appendix 7.1 Appendix to manuscript I 7.2 Appendix to manuscript II 7.3 Appendix to manuscript III 7.4 Manuscript IV 7.4.1 Abstract 7.4.2 Introduction 7.4.3 Geographical setting and study sites 7.4.4 Material & Methods 7.4.4.1 Sub-sampling of the sediment cores 7.4.4.2 DNA extraction 7.4.4.3 Single stranded DNA library built 7.4.4.4 Bioinformatic pipeline for the analysis of the sequencing data 7.4.4.5 Data analysis 7.4.4.6 Statistical analysis of the datasets 7.4.5 Results 7.4.5.1 Compositional changes of representative plant taxa alongside dynamics in fungal ecologies and bacterial element cycling in ancient metagenomic datasets 7.4.5.2 Impact of abiotic and biotic drivers on soil establishment across geographical locations 7.4.5.3 Relative positive correlations of functional soil taxa with plants across the locations 7.4.5.4 Assessment of the plant taxon-specific microbiome across the locations 7.4.6 Discussion 7.4.6.1 Site-specific soil development 7.4.6.2 Differences in the bedrock 7.4.6.3 Correlation between the lake biota 7.4.6.3.1 General Trends in positively correlated rhizosphere taxa 7.4.6.3.2 Plant taxa specific microbiome 7.4.7 Implications and future directions 7.4.8 References 7.4.9 Supplement to manuscript IV Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung Damage pattern analysis – Auflagen Doktorarbeit Summary Main References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, New Hampshire : U.S. Army Material Command, Cold Regions Research & Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-145
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, CRREL, US Army Material Command, 145
    Description / Table of Contents: An analysis is made of the time required to build up an ice-age ice sheet and of the time required to destroy such an ice sheet. The calculations are based on the approximation that the theory of perfect plasticity is valid. It is concluded that the time required to eliminate it. If it is assumed that the accumulation rate of an ice-age ice sheet lies of a large ic sheet is of the order of 15.000 to 30.00 years. Ablation rates of 1 to 2 meters/year lead to shrinkage times of the order of 2000 to 4000 years, provided ablation occurs over an appreciable area of the ice sheet.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 16 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, CRREL, US Army Material Command 145
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Summary. - Introduction. - Basis of theory. - Basic equations. - Ice sheets with only accumulation or ablation. - Growing ice sheets which contain only an accumulation zone. - Shrinking ice sheets which contain only an ablation zone. - Comments. - Ice sheet with both accumulation and ablation zones. - Growing ice sheets. - Shrinking ice sheets. - Conclusions. - References.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93399
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 508 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030313784
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents current knowledge on chemistry and physics of Arctic atmosphere. Special attention is given to studies of the Arctic haze phenomenon, Arctic tropospheric clouds, Arctic fog, polar stratospheric and mesospheric clouds, atmospheric dynamics, thermodynamics and radiative transfer as related to the polar environment. The atmosphere-cryosphere feedbacks and atmospheric remote sensing techniques are presented in detail. The problems of climate change in the Arctic are also addressed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (723 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Dynamical Processes in the Arctic Atmosphere / Marius O. Jonassen, Dmitry Chechin, Alexey Karpechko,Christof Lüpkes, Thomas Spengler, Annick Tepstra, Timo Vihma,and Xiangdong Zhang 2 Thermodynamics of the Arctic Atmosphere / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Oxana Drofa, and Mauro Mazzola 3 Trace Gases in the Arctic Atmosphere / Kimberly Strong, William R. Simpson, Kristof Bognar,Rodica Lindenmaier, and Sébastien Roche 4 Arctic Aerosols / Roberto Udisti, Rita Traversi, Silvia Becagli, Claudio Tomasi,Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, and Patricia K. Quinn 5 A Climatological Overview of Arctic Clouds / Abhay Devasthale, Joseph Sedlar, Michael Tjernström,and Alexander Kokhanovsky 6 Arctic Ice Fog: Its Microphysics and Prediction / Ismail Gultepe, Andrew J. Heymsfield, and Martin Gallagher 7 Polar Stratospheric Clouds in the Arctic / Francesco Cairo and Tiziana Colavitto 8 Noctilucent Clouds: General Properties and Remote Sensing / Christian von Savigny, Gerd Baumgarten, and Franz-Josef Lübkenix 9 Remote Sensing of Arctic Atmospheric Aerosols / Alexander Kokhanovsky, Claudio Tomasi, Alexander Smirnov,Andreas Herber, Roland Neuber, André Ehrlich, Angelo Lupi, Boyan H. Petkov, Mauro Mazzola, Christoph Ritter, Carlos Toledano,Thomas Carlund, Vito Vitale, Brent Holben, Tymon Zielinski,Simon Bélanger, Pierre Larouche, Stefan Kinne, Vladimir Radionov,Manfred Wendisch, Jason L. Tackett, and David M. Winker 10 Radiation in the Arctic Atmosphere and Atmosphere –Cryosphere Feedbacks / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Angelo Lupi, Mauro Mazzola,Christian Lanconelli, and Ismail Gultepe 11 Climate Change in the Arctic / Torben Koenigk, Jeff Key, and Timo Vihma Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-100
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 100
    Description / Table of Contents: From the Summary: During the summer of 1960, observations were made of ground fog on the Greenland Ice Cap and of sea fog in the Thule area in northwestern Greenland. A microscope-stage-fog impactor was designed, and its collection efficiency determined both empirically and by computation from the theoretical work of Langmuir and Blodgett (1946). The empirical efficiency was found to be considerably greater than the theoretical efficiency.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 13 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 100
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Method Design and operation of the impactor Collection efficiency Computation from theoretical values of Langmuir and Blodgett Empirical values Observations and results Fog on the ice cap Sea fog near Thule Discussion Conclusions References
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-101
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 101
    Description / Table of Contents: Partial Summary: This paper is a pilot study of interrelations between structural features readily observed in horizontal thin sections of sea ice under low magnification. The core studied was 31.4 cm in length and was collected from Elson Lagoon at Point Barrow, Alaska on 26 October 1960.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 11 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 101
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Petrographic characteristics Intercrystalline features Intracrystalline features References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-103
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 103
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: The effect of air flow on the thermal conductivity of snow was investigated. Steady-state temperature measurements were made along the edge and axis of a cylindrical bed of snow to determine the effective axial thermal conductivity of snow. Unconsolidated snow samples were used, with densities ranging from 0.376 to 0.472 g/cm^3 and corresponding snow particle sizes of 0.065 to 0.219 cm nominal diameter; the mass flow rates employed ranged from approximately 10-40 x 10^-4g/cm^2 sec. Snow density and sample size apparently have opposite effects on the effective thermal conductivity because of the flow of fluid in snow. The test apparatus is described in detail and is illustrated. The results of the experiments are tabulated, and a least square equation is given which represents the results well.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 14, A2 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 103
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Theory Apparatus and experimental procedure Results and discussion References Appendix A: Sample calculations of a and ke
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Wilmette, Ill. : Snow Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-67
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 67
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: The temperature distribution in snow subjected to gamma radiation from an operating nuclear reactor is analyzed mathematically, assuming that the effect of radiation is equivalent to a continuous heat source, the intensity of which is a function of the radial distance from the reactor. Steady-state solutions are derived for two cases: when the radial distance is 13 ft and when it is 19.1 ft. The results indicate that the temperature of the snow in certain regions in the several feet immediately below the foundation will exceed the design limit of 20°F. Increasing the shielding of the reactor will reduce the intensity of the radiation and snow temperature. Other possible ways to reduce the snow temperature include the use of refrigeration coils and the forcing of the atmospheric air through the snow.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iii, 4 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 67
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: ZSP-202-111,1
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 111,1
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: Optical scintillation, visual resolution, and wind and temperature profiles were measured over snow, ice and frozen ground. The data were analyzed to determine relationships between (1) scintillation and visual resolution and (2) scintillation and meteorological and surface conditions. The experimental results included (1) estimates of the limit of visual resolution, (2) telephotometer measurements of the apparent fluctuations in brightness (scintillation) of an artificial light source, and (3) measurements of wind direction and of the vertical distributions of wind speed and temperature. The optical path was 543 m long and 1.5 m above uniform horizontal surfaces. All scintillation and meteorological data are given in an appendix. The principal results of the analysis showed that for turbulent flow in stable stratification over snow (1) visual resolution deteriorated systematically as scintillation increased in intensity and (2) scintilliation intensity increased with increase in vertical temperature gradient. Scintilliation was at a minimum in the absence of thermal stratification and at a maximum (in very stable thermal stratification) during the sudden transition from laminar to turbulent flow. For a given temperature gradient, scintilliation increased with increase in wind speed. When wind and temperature gradients were combined in terms of the Richardson number and related to scintilliation, the data obtained over snow indicated a critical Richardson number of about 0.35. Scintilliation power spectra for eight periods revealed characteristics that could be related to visual resolution, the Richardson number and the mean wind speed component normal to the optical path. NOTE: This file is large. Allow your browser several minutes to download the file.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iii, 32, A17, B44 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 111,1
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Page Summary Introduction The problem Previous work Plan of the investigation Conclusions Visual resolution and scintillation Visual resolution and wind, temperature, and surface conditions Visual resolution and height and length of optical path Results Measurements Analysis and discussion Visual resolution and scintillation relationships Scintillation and micrometeorological parameters Index of refraction fluctuations Scintillation and the temperature profile Scintillation and average wind speed Combined effects of wind speed and temperature gradient Scintillation and surface roughness Scintillation power spectra Scintillation and path length References Appendix A: Equipment and procedures Appendix B: Micrometeorological and scintillation data
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-112
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 112
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: The age hardening of artificially and naturally compacted snow has been investigated at the South Pole. Results show that the age-hardening process is greatly retarded at low temperatures. Artificially compacted samples of density 0.55 g/cm^3 attained a compressive strength of less than 3.0 kg/cm^2 after one year's aging at -49°C. Exposure to solar radiation accelerated the age hardening. Irradiated samples attained a strength of 6.0 kg/cm^2 after 100 hr, increasing to a virtual maximum of 8.0 kg/cm^2 at 600 hr. Compressive strengths increased witha decrease in snow-particle size and with an increasing angularity of the particles. Below 3 m the strength of naturally compacted snow was found to increase rapidly with an increase in density. Naturally compacted snow of density 0.55 g/cm^3 possessed considerably greater strength than any of the age-hardened samples of artificially compacted snow of the same density. Thin-section studies show that age hardening can be correlated with the formation and growth of intergranular bonds, and that bond growth falls off rapidly with decreasing temperature. In view of the low strength found in both naturally and artificially compacted snow at the South Pole, "cut-and-cover" undersnow camp construction may not prove practical at the South Pole.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 19, A6 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 112
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Previous work Experimental methods Experimental results Series A Series B Series C Series D Series E Discussion Conclusions References Appendix A
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: 9781292407623 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: For courses in two-semester generalchemistry. Accurate, data-driven authorship with expanded interactivityleads to greater student engagement Unrivaled problem sets, notablescientific accuracy and currency, and remarkable clarity have made Chemistry:The Central Science the leading general chemistry text for more than adecade. Trusted, innovative, and calibrated, the text increases conceptualunderstanding and leads to greater student success in general chemistry bybuilding on the expertise of the dynamic author team of leading researchers andaward-winning teachers. MasteringTMChemistry is not included. Students, if Mastering is arecommended/mandatory component of the course, please ask your instructor forthe correct ISBN and course ID. Mastering should only be purchased whenrequired by an instructor. Instructors, contact your Pearson rep for moreinformation. Mastering is an online homework,tutorial, and assessment product designed to personalize learning and improveresults. With a wide range of interactive, engaging, and assignable activities,students are encouraged to actively learn and retain tough course concepts.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (1323 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 15th global edition
    ISBN: 9781292407623
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE 1 Introduction: Matter, Energy, and Measurement 1.1 The Study of Chemistry The Atomic and Molecular Perspective of Chemistry Why Study Chemistry? 1.2 Classifications of Matter States of Matter Pure Substances Elements Compounds Mixtures 1.3 Properties of Matter Physical and Chemical Changes Separation of Mixtures 1.4 The Nature of Energy Kinetic Energy and Potential Energy 1.5 Units of Measurement SI Units Length and Mass Temperature Derived SI Units Volume Density Units of Energy 1.6 Uncertainty in Measurement Precision and Accuracy Significant Figures Significant Figures in Calculations 1.7 Dimensional Analysis Conversion Factors Using Two or More Conversion Factors Conversions Involving Volume Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Chemistry Put to Work Chemistry and the Chemical Industry A Closer Look: The Scientific Method Chemistry Put to Work: Chemistry in the News Strategies for Success: Estimating Answers Strategies for Success: The Importance of Practice Strategies for Success: The Features of This Book 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 2.1 The Atomic Theory of Matter 2.2 The Discovery of Atomic Structure Cathode Rays and Electrons Radioactivity The Nuclear Model of the Atom 2.3 The Modern View of Atomic Structure Atomic Numbers, Mass Numbers, and Isotopes 2.4 Atomic Weights The Atomic Mass Scale Atomic Weight 2.5 The Periodic Table 2.6 Molecules and Molecular Compounds Molecules and Chemical Formulas Molecular and Empirical Formulas Picturing Molecules 2.7 Ions and Ionic Compounds Predicting Ionic Charges Ionic Compounds 2.8 Naming Inorganic Compounds Names and Formulas of Ionic Compounds Names and Formulas of Acids Names and Formulas of Binary Molecular Compounds 2.9 Some Simple Organic Compounds Alkanes Some Derivatives of Alkanes Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises A Closer Look Basic Forces A Closer Look The Mass Spectrometer Chemistry and Life Elements Required by Living Organisms Strategies for Success: How to Take a Test 3 Chemical Reactions and Stoichiometry 3.1 The Conservation of Mass, Chemical Equations, and Stoichiometry How to Balance Chemical Equations A Step-by-Step Example of Balancing a Chemical Equation 3.2 Simple Patterns of Chemical Reactivity: Combination, Decomposition, and Combustion Combination and Decomposition Reactions Combustion Reactions 3.3 Formula Weights and Elemental Compositions of Substances Formula and Molecular Weights Elemental Compositions of Substances 3.4 Avogadro's Number and the Mole; Molar Mass The Mole and Avogadro's Number Molar Mass Converting Between Masses, Moles, and Atoms/Molecules/Ions 3.5 Formula Weights and Elemental Compositions of Substances Molecular Formulas from Empirical Formulas Combustion Analysis 3.6 Reaction Stoichiometry 3.7 Limiting Reactants Theoretical and Percent Yields Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment Strategies for Success: Problem Solving Chemistry and Life: Glucose Monitoring Strategies for Success: Design an Experiment 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solution 4.1 General Properties of Aqueous Solutions Electrolytes and Nonelectrolytes How Compounds Dissolve in Water Strong and Weak Electrolytes 4.2 Precipitation Reactions Solubility Guidelines for Ionic Compounds Exchange (Metathesis) Reactions Ionic Equations and Spectator Ions 4.3 Acids, Bases, and Neutralization Reactions Acids Bases Strong and Weak Acids and Bases Identifying Strong and Weak Electrolytes Neutralization Reactions and Salts Neutralization Reactions with Gas Formation 4.4 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions Oxidation and Reduction Oxidation Numbers Oxidation of Metals by Acids and Salts The Activity Series 4.5 Concentrations of Solutions Molarity Expressing the Concentration of an Electrolyte Interconverting Molarity, Moles, and Volume Dilution 4.6 Solution Stoichiometry and Chemical Analysis Titrations Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment Chemistry Put to Work Antacids Strategies for Success Analyzing Chemical Reactions 5 Thermochemistry 5.1 The Nature of Chemical Energy 5.2 The First Law of Thermodynamics System and Surroundings Internal Energy Relating Δf to Heat and Work Endothermic and Exothermic Processes State Functions 5.3 Enthalpy Pressure-Volume Work Enthalpy Change 5.4 Enthalpies of Reaction 5.5 Calorimetry Heat Capacity and Specific Heat Constant-Pressure Calorimetry Bomb Calorimetry (Constant-Volume Calorimetry) 5.6 Hess's Law 5.7 Enthalpies of Formation Using Enthalpies of Formation to Calculate Enthalpies of Reaction 5.8 Bond Enthalpies Bond Enthalpies and the Enthalpies of Reactions 5.9 Foods and Fuels Foods Fuels Other Energy Sources Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment A Closer Look: Energy, Enthalpy, and P-V Work A Closer Look: Using Enthalpy as a Guide Chemistry and Life: The Regulation of Body Temperature Chemistry Put to Work: The Scientific and Political Challenges of Biofuels 6 Electronic Structure of Atoms 6.1 The Wave Nature of Light 6.2 Quantized Energy and Photons Hot Objects and the Quantization of Energy The Photoelectric Effect and Photons 6.3 Line Spectra and the Bohr Model Line Spectra Bohr's Model The Energy States of the Hydrogen Atom Limitations of the Bohr Model 6.4 The Wave Behavior of Matter The Uncertainty Principle 6.5 Quantum Mechanics and Atomic Orbitals Orbitals and Quantum Numbers 6.6 Representations of Orbitals The s Orbitals The p Orbitals The d and f Orbitals 6.7 Many-Electron Atoms Orbitals and Their Energies Electron Spin and the Pauli Exclusion Principle 6.8 Electron Configurations Hund's Rule Condensed Electron Configurations Transition Metals The Lanthanides and Actinides 6.9 Electron Configurations and the Periodic Table Anomalous Electron Configurations Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment A Closer Look: Measurement and the Uncertainty Principle A Closer Look: Thought Experiments and Schrödinger's Cat A Closer Look: Probability Density and Radial Probability Functions Chemistry and Life Nuclear Spin and Magnetic Resonance Imaging 7 Periodic Properties of the Elements 7.1 Development of the Periodic Table 7.2 Effective Nuclear Charge 7.3 Sizes of Atoms and Ions Periodic Trends in Atomic Radii Periodic Trends in Ionic Radii 7.4 Ionization Energy Variations in Successive Ionization Energies Periodic Trends in First Ionization Energies Electron Configurations of Ions 7.5 Electron Affinity Periodic Trends in Electron Affinity 7.6 Metals, Nonmetals, and Metalloids Metals Nonmetals Metalloids 7.7 Trends for Group 1 and Group 2 Metals Group 1: The Alkali Metals Group 2: The Alkaline Earth Metals 7.8 Trends for Selected Nonmetals Hydrogen Group 16: The Oxygen Group Group 17: The Halogens Group 18: The Noble Gases Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design and Experiment A Closer Look: Effective Nuclear Charge Chemistry Put to Work: Ionic Size and Lithium-Ion Batteries Chemistry and Life: The Improbable Development of Lithium Drugs 8 Basic Concepts of Chemical Bonding 8.1 Lewis Symbols and the Octet Rule Lewis Symbols The Octet Rule 8.2 Ionic Bonding Energetics of Ionic Bond Formation Electron Configurations of Ions of the s- and p-Block Elements Transition Metal Ions 8.3 Covalent Bonding Lewis Structures Multiple Bonds 8.4 Bond Polarity and Electronegativity Electronegativity Electronegativity and Bond Polarity Dipole Moments Comparing Ionic and Covalent Bonding 8.5 Drawing Lewis Structures Formal Charge and Alternative Lewis Structures 8.6 Resonance St
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94767
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XVIII, 165 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Acknowledgements Abstract Zusammenfassung List of figure List of tables List of abbreviation Chapter 1 1. Introduction 1.1 Research background 1.1.1 Response of mountain plant diversity to climate change 1.1.2 Response of Arctic vegetation composition and diversity to climate change 1.1.3 Understanding the critical mechanisms of community assembly are essential for sustaining ecosystem services 1.1.4 Pollen analysis as a traditional tool for representing palaeovegetation 1.1.5. Sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) is a useful tool for Quaternary ecology tracking 1.2 Study area 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Structure of the thesis 1.4.1 Overview of the chapter 1.4.2 Author's contributions 1.4.3 Methods Chapter 2 2 Manuscript 1: Sedimentary ancient DNA reveals warming-induced alpine habitat loss threat to Tibetan Plateau plant diversity 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Results and discussion 2.4 Methods 2.5 Acknowledgements · Chapter 3 3 Manuscript 2: Holocene vegetation and plant diversity changes in the north-eastern Siberian treeline region from pollen and sedimentary ancient DNA 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Lake sediment cores and subsampling 3.3.3 Dating 3.3.4 Pollen analysis 3.3.5 DNA extraction and amplification 3.3.6 Sequencing filtering and taxonomic assignment 3.3.7 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Chronology 3.4.2 SedaDNA and pollen assemblages 3.4.3 Gradient analysis and correlation analysis 3.5 Discussion 3 .5.1 Contributions of pollen and sedaDNA to vegetation reconstruction and taxon richness 3.5.2 Variation in Holocene vegetation composition in the Omoloy area, north-eastern Siberia 3.5.3 SedaDNA-based plant diversity changes within lake catchments of the Omoloy region 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 4 Manuscript 3: Vegetation reconstruction from Siberia and Tibetan Plateau using modern analogue technique - comparing sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) and pollen data 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and methods 4.3.1 Sites ofthe modern analogues 4.3.2 Sedimentary (ancient) DNA collection 4.3.3 Metabarcoding data processing and filtering 4.3.4 Pollen data collection 4.3.5 Numerical analysis 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Modern training-set, ROC curve analyses and AT results 4.4.2 Modern analogues for Lake Naleng and Omoloy lake II 4.4.3 Vegetation type reconstruction based on MAT 4.4.4 Projecting fossil samples in ordination space of modern assemblages 4.4.5 Comparing past and present intertaxa relationships 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Assessment of analogue quality using modem training-sets 4·5·2 Comparison of sed(a)DNA-based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Naleng, Tibetan Plateau 4.5.3 Comparison of sedDNA based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Omoloy, northern Siberia 4.6 Conclusions 4.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 5 5 Manuscript 4: Terrestrial-aquatic ecosystem links on the Tibetan Plateau inferred from sedaDNA shotgun sequencin 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Results 5.4 Discussions 5.5 Methods 5.6 Acknowledgments Chapter 6 6 Synthesis 6.1 The ability of metabarcoding and metagenomic shotgun sequencing to reveal ecological community pattern 6.2 Driver of plant diversity change in high altitude and high latitudes 6.3 High-altitude and high-latitude vegetation type change 6.4 Past terrestrial and aquatic ecological change at ecosystem-scale 6.5 Conclusions and outlook Appendix 1 Appendix-1 Materials for Manuscript #1 1.1 Appendix discussion: Contamination in NTC6 2. Appendix-2 Materials for Manuscript #2 3. Appendix-3 Materials for Manuscript #3 4. Appendix-4 Materials for Manuscript #4 References Eidesstattliche Erklarung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94766
    Description / Table of Contents: The arctic-boreal treeline is a transition zone from taiga to tundra covering a vast area in Siberia. It often features large environmental gradients and reacts sensitively to changes in the environment. For example, the expansion of shrubs and a northward movement of the treeline are observable in Siberia as a response to the warming climate. The changes in vegetation across the treeline are known to influence the water chemistry in the lakes. This causes further alteration to the composition and diversity of sensitive aquatic organisms such as diatoms and macrophytes. Despite the rising awareness of the complex climate-feedback mechanisms of terrestrial plants, the understanding of their assembly rules and about responses of aquatic biomes in the surrounding treeline lakes is still limited. The goal of this thesis is to examine the previous and present biodiversity of terrestrial and freshwater biomes from the Siberian treeline ecotone, as well as their reactions to environmental changes. In particular, this thesis attempts to ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 132 Blätter , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 Scientific background 1.1 Motivation 1.2 The arctic-boreal ecotone in time and space 1.2.1 Terrestrial plants composition and biodiversity 1.2.2. Lake macrophytes and diatoms 1.3 Sedimentary DNA metabarcoding as an ecologicalproxy 1.4 Study area 1.5 Objectives of the thesis 1.6 Methods 1.7 Thesis organizations 1.7.1 Manuscripts and chapters 1.7.2 Non-finalized research 1.7.2 Author contributions 2 Manuscript I: Genetic and morphological diatom composition in surface sediments from glacial and thermokarst lakes in the Siberian Arctic 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Sampling and collection of environmental data 2.3.2 Diatom genetic assessment 2.3.3 Raw sequence processing and taxonomic assignment 2.3.4 Morphological diatom identification 2.3.5 Statistical analyses 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Genetic-based diatom composition, diversityand diatom-environment relationship 2.4.2 Morphological-based diatom composition, diversity and diatom-environment relationship 2.4.3 Comparison of spatial diatom patterns obtained from the genetic and morphological approaches 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Genetic and morphological diatom composition and diversity 2.5.2 Diatom composition is affected by lake type and lake water parameters 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgments 3 Manuscript II: Plant sedimentary ancient DNA from Far East Russia covering the last 28 ka reveals different assembly rules in cold and warm climates 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Sampling and dating 3.3.3 Genetic laboratory works 3.3.4 Processing the sequence data 3.3.5 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the sequencing data and taxonomic composition 3.4.2 Taxonomic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.3 Phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.4 Relationship between taxonomic composition and phylogenetic diversity 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Vegetation history revealed by sedaDNA 3.5.2 Patterns oftaxonomic alpha diversity and their relationship to community composition 3.5.3 Relationship between richness and phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 4 Manuscript III: Sedimentary DNA identifies modem and past macrophyte diversity and its environmental drivers in high latitude and altitude lakes in Siberia and China 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materialsand Methods 4.3.1 Field sampling of surface and core samples 4.3.2 Environmental data 4.3.3 Molecular genetic laboratory work 4.3.4 Bioinformatic analyses 4.3.5 Statistical analyses 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Macrophyte diversity in surface sediments inferred from sedDNA 4.4.2 Relationship of modem macrophyte richness and environmental variables 4.4.3 The relationship between modem macrophyte community and environmental variables 4.4.4 Past macrophyte richness and composition inferred from sedaDNA 4.4.5 Past macrophyte compositional changes and its environmental drivers 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Retrieval of aquatic plant diversity using the tmL P6 loop plant DNA metabarcode 4.5.2 Modem macrophyte diversity and its relation to environmental factors 4.5.3 Temporal macrophyte diversity as an indicator for past environmental change 4.6 Conclusion 5 Synopsis 5.1 Potential and limitations of sedimentary DNA in the applied study 5.1.1 Sedimentary DNA is a powerful proxy 5.1.2 Limitations in sedimentary DNA 5.2 Spatial patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.2.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.2.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.2.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.3 Temporal patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.3.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.3.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.3.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.4 Outlooks and conclusions Appendices Appendix 1 for Manuscript I Appendix 2 for Manuscript II Appendix 3 for Manuscript III References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    facet.materialart.12
    Edinburgh : Dunedin
    Call number: 9781780466637 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Two thirds of our planet is covered by oceans and seas. Over recent decades developments in ocean science have dramatically improved our understanding of the key role oceans play in the Earth System, and how vital they are for regulating global climate. Humans depend on the oceans for many resources, but at the same time their impacts on the marine systems around the world are of increasing concern. Introducing Oceanography has been written by two leading oceanographers to provide a succinct overview of the science of the study of the seas for students and for the interested adult wanting a topical guide to this enormous and complex subject. The initial chapters describe the oceans and the forces at work within them. The authors then discuss the effects of light, the chemistry of the seas and the food web before surveying biological oceanography in the main oceanic regions. The final chapter looks at the methodology of ocean study. Copiously illustrated, this book is intended for those whose interest in oceanography has been stimulated, perhaps by media coverage of declining resources or climate change and who want to know more. Technical terms are kept to a minimum and are explained in a glossary.
    Description / Table of Contents: Written by two leading oceanographers, Introducing Oceanography has rapidly established itself as a key introductory overview of its subject.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (191 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9781780466637
    Series Statement: Introducing Earth and Environmental Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Intro Contents Preface 1. The water in the oceans 2. Density and density flows 3. Ocean waves 4. Flow in the oceans 5. The tides 6. Stratification and fronts in shelf seas 7. Light in the oceans 8. Biology of the oceans 9. Chemistry of the oceans 10. Primary production in the oceans 11. Ocean food webs 12. Biology at the ocean extremes 13 Changing oceans 14. Sampling the oceans Glossary Further Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94845
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 22
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the main enigmas of Easter Island’s (Rapa Nui, in the Polynesian language) prehistory from the time of initial settlement to European contact with a multidisciplinary perspective. The main topics include: (i) the time of first settlement and the origin of the first settlers; (ii) the main features of prehistoric Rapanui culture and their changes; (iii) the deforestation of the island and its timing and causes; (iv) the extinction of the indigenous biota, (v) the occurrence of climatic shifts and their potential effects on socioecological trends; (vi) the evidence for a cultural and demographic collapse before European contact; and (vii) the influence of Europeans on prehistoric Rapanui society. The book is subdivided into thematic sections and each chapter is written by renowned specialists in disciplines such as archaeology, anthropology, paleoecology, ethnography, linguistics, ethnobotany, phylogenetics/phylogeography and history. Contributors have been invited to provide an open and objective vision that includes as many views as possible on the topics considered. In this way, the readers may be able to compare different of points of view and make their own interpretations on each of the subjects considered. The book is intended for a wide audience including graduate students, advanced undergraduate students, university teachers and researchers interested in the subject. Given its multidisciplinary character and the topics included, the book is suitable for students and researchers from a wide range of disciplines and interests.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 628 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-91126-3
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 22
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Introduction / Valentí Rull, Christopher Stevenson Transpacific Voyaging and Settlement Ex Oriente Lux: Amerindian Seafaring and Easter Island Contact Revisited / Atholl Anderson Commensals/Domesticates on Rapa Nui: What Can Their Phylogeographic Patterns Tell Us About the Discovery and Settlement of the Island? / Vicki A. Thomson, Michael Herrera, Jeremy J. Austin Sweet Potato on Rapa Nui: Insights from a Monographic Study of the Genus Ipomoea / Pablo Muñoz-Rodríguez, John R. I. Wood, Robert W. Scotland Pre-European Contact Sweet Potato (Ipomoea batatas) at Rapa Nui: Macrobotanical Evidence from Recent Excavations in Rano Raraku Quarry, Rapa Nui / Jo Anne Van Tilburg, Jennifer M. Huebert, Sarah C. Sherwood, Casey R. Barrier Anakena Re-visited: New Perspectives on Old Problems at Anakena, Rapa Nui / Paul Wallin, Helene Martinsson-Wallin The Ancient Rapanui Culture A Behavioral Assessment of Refuge Caves (ana kionga) on Rapa Nui / Christopher Stevenson, José Miguel Ramrez-Aliaga, Juan Gongalves Borrega Vinapū Area Re-visited / Helene Martinsson-Wallin Undelivered Moai or Unidentified Monument? / Nicolas Cauwe, Morgan De Dapper Platforms in Motion: A Genealogical Architecture / Nicolas Cauwe Climatic and Environmental Change Climatology of Rapa Nui (Isla de Pascua, Easter Island) / Raymond S. Bradley, William J. D’Andrea, Henry F. Diaz, Liang Ning Prehistoric Paleoecology of Easter Island / Valentí Rull Geological and Climatic Features, Processes and Interplay Determining the Human Occupation and Habitation of Easter Island / Alberto Sáez, Olga Margalef, Laura Becerril, Christian Herrera, James Goff, Sergi Pla-Rabes et al. Deforestation and Extinctions The Flora and Vegetation of Easter Island: Past and Present / Georg Zizka, Alexander Zizka Palms for the Archaeologist / Daniel W. Ingersoll Jr., Kathleen B. Ingersoll, Fred W. Stauffer Spatio-Temporal Patterns of Deforestation, Settlement, and Land Use on Easter Island Prior to European Arrivals / Peter Steiglechner, Agostino Merico Economic Causes and Consequences of Deforestation on Easter Island / James A. Brander Palm Forest to Gardens and Grassland: A Study of Environmental and Geomorphological Changes of the Te Niu, Rapa Nui Landscape / Joan A. Wozniak Collapse or Resilience? Environmental Change and Cultural Continuity: Extraordinary Achievements of the Rapanui Society after Deforestation / Andreas Mieth, Annette Kühlem, Burkhard Vogt, Hans-Rudolf Bork Ecology Limits Population, But Interaction with Culture Defines It: Carrying Capacity on Rapa Nui / Cedric O. Puleston, Thegn N. Ladefoged Population Principles, Climate Change, and the “Collapse” of the Rapa Nui Society / Mauricio Lima, Eugenia M. Gayo, Sergio A. Estay, Nils Chr. Stenseth Claims and Evidence in the Population History of Rapa Nui (Easter Island) / Carl P. Lipo, Robert J. DiNapoli, Terry L. Hunt European Contact The Human Giants of Easter Island (Rapa Nui) / Jan J. Boersema Synthesis Towards a Holistic Approach to Easter Island’s Prehistory / Valentí Rull, Christopher Stevenson
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-202-90
    In: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, 90
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary: A new method is presented for extracting more meaningful information from snow profile data which will simplify the study of the permeability of snow. Earlier analyses normally employed statistical methods to determine property variations with depth, with the line of mean values established by the method of least squares. The mean curves derived in this manner may not represent properly the true nature of the snow pack, or aid in understanding the dynamic processes which are in action. The new graphical methods described distinguish the separate effects of densification and thermal metamorphism on permeability, permitting future advances in the analysis. Profile data obtained in 1954 and 1960 are reanalyzed using the new techniques. For a natural polar pack under conditions when no melting occurs and the accumulation is assumed continuous, the following conclusions may be made: permeability for a given density of snow increases with depth and time except possibly near the surface or at depths below 30 m; the rate of permeability change with depth for given densities decreases in a calculable way relative to the density; and, mean permeability changes with depth in a complex manner.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 14, A3, B2, C2 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Research report / Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory 90
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Summary Introduction Standard methods of data presentation- A class interval method of data presentation Interpretation of the numerical data Interpretation of thin sections Conclusions References Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9783030425845 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Our realisation of how profoundly glaciers and ice sheets respond to climate change and impact sea level and the environment has propelled their study to the forefront of Earth system science. Aspects of this multidisciplinary endeavour now constitute major areas of research. This book is named after the international summer school held annually in the beautiful alpine village of Karthaus, Northern Italy, and consists of twenty chapters based on lectures from the school. They cover theory, methods, and observations, and introduce readers to essential glaciological topics such as ice-flow dynamics, polar meteorology, mass balance, ice-core analysis, paleoclimatology, remote sensing and geophysical methods, glacial isostatic adjustment, modern and past glacial fluctuations, and ice sheet reconstruction. The chapters were written by thirty-four contributing authors who are leading international authorities in their fields. The book can be used as a graduate-level textbook for a university course, and as a valuable reference guide for practising glaciologists and climate scientists.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXVII, 530 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030425845 , 978-3-030-42584-5
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Slow Viscous Flow 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Coordinate Systems and the Material Derivative 1.2.1 Eulerian and Lagrangian Coordinates 1.2.2 The Material Derivative 1.3 Mass Conservation 1.4 The Stress Tensor and Momentum Conservation 1.4.1 The Stress Tensor 1.4.2 Momentum Conservation 1.4.3 Rheology 1.4.4 The Navier-Stokes Equations 1.4.5 Stokes Flow 1.5 Boundary Conditions 1.5.1 The No-Slip Condition and the Sliding Law 1.5.2 Dynamic Boundary Conditions 1.5.3 Kinematic Boundary Conditions 1.6 Temperature and Energy Conservation 1.7 Glacier and Ice Sheet Flow 1.8 Examples 1.8.1 Uniform Flow on a Slope 1.8.2 Spreading Flow at an Ice Divide 1.8.3 Small-Amplitude Perturbations 1.9 The Shallow Ice Approximation 1.10 Conclusions and Outlook 1.11 Appendix: Non-dimensionalisation Exercises 2 Thermal Structure 2.1 Temperature Profiles 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.2.1 The Thermal Near-Surface Wave 2.3 Models: Simple to Complicated 2.4 Basal Conditions 2.4.1 Polythermal Ice 2.5 Modelling Issues 2.5.1 Non-dimensionalisation 2.5.2 Thermomechanical Coupling 2.5.3 Thermal Runaway Exercises 3 Sliding, Drainage and Subglacial Geomorphology 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Sliding Over Hard Beds 3.2.1 Weertman Sliding 3.2.2 Nye-Kamb Theory 3.2.3 Sub-temperate Sliding 3.2.4 Nonlinear Sliding Laws 3.2.5 Cavitation 3.2.6 Comparison with Experiment 3.3 Subglacial Drainage Theory 3.3.1 Weertman Films 3.3.2 Röthlisberger Channels (or ‘R-Channels’) 3.3.3 Jökulhlaups 3.3.4 Subglacial Lakes 3.3.5 Linked Cavities 3.3.6 Drainage Transitions and Glacier Surges 3.3.7 Ongoing Developments 3.4 Basal Processes and Geomorphology 3.4.1 Soft Glacier Beds 3.4.2 Drainage Over Till 3.4.3 Geomorphological Processes Exercises 4 Tidewater Glaciers 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Calving 4.3 Tidewater Glacier Dynamics 4.3.1 Tidewater Glacier Retreat and Instability 4.3.2 Tidewater Glacier Advance 4.3.3 Flow Variability of Tidewater Glaciers 4.4 The Link to Climate: Triggers for Retreat 4.4.1 Ice Shelf Collapse and Backstress 4.4.2 Grounded Calving Fronts 4.5 Outlook 5 Interaction of Ice Shelves with the Ocean 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Impact of Melting Ice on the Ocean 5.3 Processes at the Ice-Ocean Interface 5.4 Buoyancy-Driven Flow on Geophysical Scales 5.5 Sensitivity to Ocean Temperature 5.6 Impact of Meltwater Outflow at the Grounding Line 5.7 Fundamentals of the Three-Dimensional Ocean Circulation 5.8 Some Properties and Limitations of the Geostrophic Equations 5.9 Effects of Stratification 5.10 Three-Dimensional Circulation in Sub-Ice-Shelf Cavities Exercises 6 Polar Meteorology 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Shortwave and Longwave Radiation 6.3 Radiation Climate at the Top of the Atmosphere 6.4 Large Scale Circulation 6.5 Surface Energy Balance 6.5.1 Shortwave Radiation 6.5.2 Surface Albedo 6.5.3 Longwave Radiation 6.5.4 Turbulent Fluxes 6.6 Temperature Inversion and Katabatic Winds 6.6.1 Surface Temperature Inversion and Deficit 6.6.2 Katabatic Winds 6.7 Precipitation 6.8 Notes and References Exercises 7 Mass Balance 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Definitions 7.3 Methods 7.3.1 In Situ Observations 7.3.2 Satellite/Airborne Altimetry 7.3.3 Satellite Gravimetry 7.3.4 Mass Budget Method 7.4 Valley Glaciers and Ice Caps 7.4.1 In Situ Observations 7.4.2 Modelling 7.4.3 Dynamical Response 7.4.4 Remote Sensing 7.5 Antarctic Ice Sheet 7.5.1 Spatial SSMB Variability 7.5.2 Blue Ice Areas 7.5.3 Temporal SSMB Variability 7.6 Greenland Ice Sheet 7.6.1 Spatial SSMB Variability 7.6.2 Temporal SSMB Variability 7.6.3 Role of the Liquid Water Balance 8 Numerical Modelling of Ice Sheets, Streams, and Shelves 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Ice Flow Equations 8.2.1 The Shallow Ice Approximation 8.2.2 Analogy with the Heat Equation 8.3 Finite Difference Numerics 8.3.1 Explicit Scheme for the Heat Equation 8.3.2 A First Implemented Scheme 8.3.3 Stability Criteria and Adaptive Time Stepping 8.3.4 Implicit Schemes 8.3.5 Numerical Solution of Diffusion Equations 8.4 Numerically Solving the SIA 8.5 Exact Solutions and Verification 8.5.1 Exact Solution of the Heat Equation 8.5.2 Halfar’s Exact Similarity Solution to the SIA 8.5.3 Using Halfar’s Solution 8.5.4 A Test of Robustness 8.6 Applying Our Numerical Ice Sheet Model 8.7 Shelves and Streams 8.7.1 The Shallow Shelf Approximation (SSA) 8.7.2 Numerical Solution of the SSA 8.7.3 Numerics of the Linear Boundary Value Problem 8.7.4 Solving the Stress Balance for an Ice Shelf 8.7.5 Realistic Ice Shelf Modelling 8.8 A Summary of Numerical Ice Flow Modelling 8.9 Notes Exercises 9 Least-Squares Data Inversion in Glaciology 9.1 Preamble 9.2 Introduction 9.3 The Roots of GPS in Glaciology 9.4 Introduction to GPS 9.4.1 History 9.4.2 Coarse Acquisition (C/A) Code 9.5 The Equations of Pseudorange 9.6 Least-Squares Solution of an Overdetermined System of Linear Equations 9.7 Observational Techniques to Improve GPS Accuracy 9.7.1 The Ionosphere-Free Combination 9.7.2 Carrier-Phase Determined Range and Integer Wavelength Ambiguity 9.7.3 Resolving Range Ambiguity by Phase Tracking 9.7.4 Differential GPS Exercises 10 Analytical Models of Ice Sheets and Ice Shelves 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Perfectly-Plastic Ice Sheet Model 10.3 The Height–Mass Balance Feedback 10.4 Ice-Sheet Profile for Plane Shear with Glen’s Law 10.5 Ice Shelves Exercise 11 Firn 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Firn Densification 11.2.1 Mechanisms of Firn Densification 11.2.2 Firn Densification Models 11.2.3 Firn Layering and Microstructure 11.3 Applications of Firn Models 11.3.1 Ice Sheet Surface Mass Balance from Altimetry 11.3.2 Delta Age Calculations in Deep Ice Cores 11.4 Summary and Conclusions 12 Ice Cores: Archive of the Climate System 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Dating Ice Cores 12.3 Stable Water Isotopes 12.3.1 Basics and Nomenclature 12.3.2 The Isotope Proxy Thermometer 12.3.3 Examples of Isotope Records 12.3.4 Isotope Diffusion in Firn and Ice 12.3.5 Diffusion Thermometry 12.4 Aerosols in Ice 12.4.1 Introduction and Origin of Aerosols in Ice 12.4.2 Aerosol Sources and Transport 12.4.3 Post-depositional Modification 12.4.4 Seasonal Cycles in Aerosol and Particle Constituents in Ice 12.4.5 The Volcanic Signal in Ice and Its Use for Chronological Control 12.4.6 Marine Biogenic MSA and Sea Salt as Sea-Ice Proxies 12.4.7 The Record of Anthropogenic Pollution 12.4.8 Long Aerosol Records from Greenland and Antarctica 12.4.9 Electrical Properties of Ice and Their Relationship to Chemistry 12.5 Gases Enclosed in Ice 12.5.1 Firn Gas and Gas Occlusion 12.5.2 Trace Gases 12.6 Timing of Climate Events Exercises 13 Satellite Remote Sensing of Glaciers and Ice Sheets 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Optical Sensors and Applications 13.2.1 Sensors and Satellites 13.2.2 Applications 13.3 SAR Methods and Applications 13.3.1 Radar Signal Interaction with Snow and Ice 13.3.2 SAR Sensor and Image Characteristics 13.3.3 InSAR Measurement Principles and Applications 13.4 Satellite Altimetry 13.4.1 Altimetry Missions 13.4.2 Measuring Elevation Change 14 Geophysics 14.1 Geophysical Methods: Overview 14.2 Passive Methods 14.2.1 Gravimetry 14.2.2 Magnetics 14.2.3 Seismology 14.3 Active Methods: Basics 14.3.1 Propagation Properties and Reflection Origin 14.3.2 Seismic System Set-Up 14.3.3 Radar System Set-Up 14.4 Data Acquisition and Processing 14.5 Seismic Applications in Ice 14.5.1 Ice Thickness and Basal Topography 14.5.2 Subglacial Structure and Properties 14.5.3 Rheological and Other Englacial Properties 14.6 Radar Applications in Ice 14.6.1 Internal Layer Architecture and Ice Dynamics 14.6.2 Subglacial Conditions 14.6.3 Englacial Conditions 14.7 Notes and References 14.7.1 Further Reading 14.7.2 Gravimetry 14.7.3 General Wave Equation and Solution 14.7.4 Seismic Waves 14.7.5 Electromagnetic Waves Exercises 15 Glacial Isostatic Adjustment 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Earth Response to Loading 15.2.1 Rheology of the Earth 15.2.2 Building an Earth Model 15.2.3 Earth Models Used in Glaciology and Glacial Isostatic Adjustment 15.3 The Cryosphere and Sea Level 15.3.1 Factors Affecting Sea-Level Change 15
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95073
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is changing rapidly and permafrost is thawing. Especially ice-rich permafrost, such as the late Pleistocene Yedoma, is vulnerable to rapid and deep thaw processes such as surface subsidence after the melting of ground ice. Due to permafrost thaw, the permafrost carbon pool is becoming increasingly accessible to microbes, leading to increased greenhouse gas emissions, which enhances the climate warming. The assessment of the molecular structure and biodegradability of permafrost organic matter (OM) is highly needed. My research revolves around the question “how does permafrost thaw affect its OM storage?” More specifically, I assessed (1) how molecular biomarkers can be applied to characterize permafrost OM, (2) greenhouse gas production rates from thawing permafrost, and (3) the quality of OM of frozen and (previously) thawed sediments. I studied deep (max. 55 m) Yedoma and thawed Yedoma permafrost sediments from Yakutia (Sakha Republic). I analyzed sediment cores taken below thermokarst lakes on the Bykovsky Peninsula (southeast of the Lena Delta) and in the Yukechi Alas (Central Yakutia), and headwall samples from the permafrost cliff Sobo-Sise (Lena Delta) and the retrogressive thaw slump Batagay (Yana Uplands). I measured biomarker concentrations of all sediment samples. Furthermore, I carried out incubation experiments to quantify greenhouse gas production in thawing permafrost. I showed that the biomarker proxies are useful to assess the source of the OM and to distinguish between OM derived from terrestrial higher plants, aquatic plants and microbial activity. In addition, I showed that some proxies help to assess the degree of degradation of permafrost OM, especially when combined with sedimentological data in a multi-proxy approach. The OM of Yedoma is generally better preserved than that of thawed Yedoma sediments. The greenhouse gas production was highest in the permafrost sediments that thawed for the first time, meaning that the frozen Yedoma sediments contained most labile OM. Furthermore, I showed that the methanogenic communities had established in the recently thawed sediments, but not yet in the still-frozen sediments. My research provided the first molecular biomarker distributions and organic carbon turnover data as well as insights in the state and processes in deep frozen and thawed Yedoma sediments. These findings show the relevance of studying OM in deep permafrost sediments.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiii, 178 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Samenvatting Acknowledgements List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Aims and research questions 1.3 Scientific background 1.3.1 The Arctic in a changing climate 1.3.2 Northern Hemisphere permafrost region 1.3.3 Permafrost degradation 1.3.3.1 Thermokarst development 1.3.3.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps 1.3.4 Organic matter in permafrost deposits 1.4 Material and methods 1.4.1 Study sites 1.4.2 Main laboratory methods 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications 1.6.1 Publication “n-Alkane Characteristics of Thawed Permafrost Deposits Below a Thermokarst Lake on Bykovsky Peninsula, Northeastern Siberia” 1.6.2 Publication “Greenhouse gas production and lipid biomarker distribution in Yedoma and Alas thermokarst lake sediments in Eastern Siberia” 1.6.3 Publication “Organic matter characteristics of a rapidly eroding permafrost cliff in NE Siberia (Lena Delta, Laptev Sea region)” 1.6.4 Publication “Molecular biomarkers in Batagay megaslump permafrost deposits reveal clear differences in organic matter preservation between glacial and interglacial periods” 1.6.5 Contributions to complementary research 2 Bykovsky Peninsula 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Field work 2.4.2 Laboratory analyses 2.4.2.1 Biomarker analysis 2.4.2.2 Biomarker indices 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Bulk sediment 2.5.1.1 Long core PG2412 2.5.1.2 Short core PG2420 2.5.2 Hydrochemistry 2.5.3 n-Alkane distributions 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Depositional history at the study site 2.6.1.1 Unit I - Early Weichselian fluvial sedimentation 2.6.1.2 Unit II – Yedoma deposition in wetland landscapes dominated by low-centered polygons 2.6.1.3 Unit III/Unit A – Yedoma deposition under cold-dry conditions during the Late Weichselian 2.6.1.4 Unit IV/Unit B – Holocene thermokarst lake formation and lacustrine sedimentation 2.6.2 Organic matter degradation 2.7 Conclusion 2.8 Acknowledgements 3 Yukechi Alas 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods and materials 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Field work 3.3.3 Laboratory analyses 3.3.3.1 Organic carbon content 3.3.3.2 Lipid biomarkers 3.3.4 Incubations 3.3.5 Statistical analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Organic matter characteristics 3.4.1.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.1.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.4.2.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.2.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2.3 Carbon mineralization 3.4.3 Statistical correlation and regression 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Organic matter degradation potential 3.5.1.1 Organic carbon quantity 3.5.1.2 Organic matter preservation and talik formation 3.5.1.3 Presence of methanogenic communities 3.5.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.5.2.1 Carbon dioxide production 3.5.2.2 Methane production 3.5.3 GHG links with other parameters and outlook 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgements 4 Sobo-Sise cliff 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Fieldwork 4.4.2 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.4.3 Lipid biomarkers 4.4.3.1 Extraction and fraction separation 4.4.3.2 GC-MS measurements and compound quantification 4.4.4 Biomarker indices 4.4.4.1 Average Chain Length 4.4.4.2 Carbon Preference Index 4.4.4.3 Higher Plant Fatty Acids 4.4.5 Data analysis 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.5.2 Biomarkers 4.5.2.1 n-Alkanes 4.5.2.2 Fatty acids 4.5.3 Clustering 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Terrestrial depositional environment 4.6.1.1 Organic matter source 4.6.1.2 Organic matter quality 4.6.2 Implications and outlook 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Batagay thaw slump 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Methods 5.4.1 Sample collection 5.4.2 Laboratory analyses 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Detected biomolecules 5.5.2 Lower Ice Complex 5.5.3 Lower Sand Unit 5.5.4 Woody Layer 5.5.5 Upper Ice Complex - Yedoma 5.5.6 Holocene Cover 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Biogeochemical legacy of glacial periods 5.6.2 Biogeochemical legacy of interglacial periods 5.6.3 Modern organic matter mobilization in the Batagay megaslump 5.7 Conclusion 5.8 Acknowledgements 6 Synthesis 6.1 Lipid biomarkers to characterize permafrost organic matter 6.1.1 Organic matter source 6.1.2 Organic matter quality 6.2 Mobilization of organic matter in thawing permafrost 6.2.1 Methane production vs. emission 6.2.2 Using the data in models 6.2.3 Transport of OM into aquatic systems 6.3 Recommendations for future research References Appendix A Supporting information for Chapter 2 Appendix B Supporting information for Chapter 3 Appendix C Supporting information for Chapter 4 Appendix D Supporting information for Chapter 5
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: AWI G8-23-95167
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic nearshore zone plays a key role in the carbon cycle. Organic-rich sediments get eroded off permafrost affected coastlines and can be directly transferred to the nearshore zone. Permafrost in the Arctic stores a high amount of organic matter and is vulnerable to thermo-erosion, which is expected to increase due to climate change. This will likely result in higher sediment loads in nearshore waters and has the potential to alter local ecosystems by limiting light transmission into the water column, thus limiting primary production to the top-most part of it, and increasing nutrient export from coastal erosion. Greater organic matter input could result in the release of greenhouse gases to the atmosphere. Climate change also acts upon the fluvial system, leading to greater discharge to the nearshore zone. It leads to decreasing sea-ice cover as well, which will both increase wave energy and lengthen the open-water season. Yet, knowledge on these processes and the resulting impact on the nearshore zone is scarce, because access to and instrument deployment in the nearshore zone is challenging. Remote sensing can alleviate these issues in providing rapid data delivery in otherwise non-accessible areas. However, the waters in the Arctic nearshore zone are optically complex, with multiple influencing factors, such as organic rich suspended sediments, colored dissolved organic matter (cDOM), and phytoplankton. The goal of this dissertation was to use remotely sensed imagery to monitor processes related to turbidity caused by suspended sediments in the Arctic nearshore zone. In-situ measurements of water-leaving reflectance and surface water turbidity were used to calibrate a semi-empirical algorithm which relates turbidity from satellite imagery. Based on this algorithm and ancillary ocean and climate variables, the mechanisms underpinning nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were identified at a resolution not achieved before. The calibration of the Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) was based on in-situ measurements from the coastal and inner-shelf waters around Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (HIQ) in the western Canadian Arctic from the summer seasons 2018 and 2019. It performed better than existing algorithms, developed for global applications, in relating turbidity from remotely sensed imagery. These existing algorithms were lacking validation data from permafrost affected waters, and were thus not able to reflect the complexity of Arctic nearshore waters. The ANTA has a higher sensitivity towards the lowest turbidity values, which is an asset for identifying sediment pathways in the nearshore zone. Its transferability to areas beyond HIQ was successfully demonstrated using turbidity measurements matching satellite image recordings from Adventfjorden, Svalbard. The ANTA is a powerful tool that provides robust turbidity estimations in a variety of Arctic nearshore environments. Drivers of nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were analyzed by combining ANTA results from the summer season 2019 from HIQ with ocean and climate variables obtained from the weather station at HIQ, the ERA5 reanalysis database, and the Mackenzie River discharge. ERA5 reanalysis data were obtained as domain averages over the Canadian Beaufort Shelf. Nearshore turbidity was linearly correlated to wind speed, significant wave height and wave period. Interestingly, nearshore turbidity was only correlated to wind speed at the shelf, but not to the in-situ measurements from the weather station at HIQ. This shows that nearshore turbidity, albeit being of limited spatial extent, gets influenced by the weather conditions multiple kilometers away, rather than in its direct vicinity. The large influence of wave energy on nearshore turbidity indicates that freshly eroded material off the coast is a major contributor to the nearshore sediment load. This contrasts results from the temperate and tropical oceans, where tides and currents are the major drivers of nearshore turbidity. The Mackenzie River discharge was not identified as a driver of nearshore turbidity in 2019, however, the analysis of 30 years of Landsat archive imagery from 1986 to 2016 suggests a direct link between the prevailing wind direction, which heavily influences the Mackenzie River plume extent, and nearshore turbidity around HIQ. This discrepancy could be caused by the abnormal discharge behavior of the Mackenzie River in 2019. This dissertation has substantially advanced the understanding of suspended sediment processes in the Arctic nearshore zone and provided new monitoring tools for future studies. The presented results will help to understand the role of the Arctic nearshore zone in the carbon cycle under a changing climate.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, ii, 85, xvii Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 (kumulative Dissertation) , TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Zusammenfassung Allgemeinverständliche Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Funding Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Arctic Climate Change 1.1.2 The Arctic Nearshore Zone 1.1.3 Ocean Color Remote Sensing 1.2 Objectives 1.3 Study Area 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Field Sampling 1.4.2 Data Processing 1.4.3 Satellite Imagery Processing 1.5 Thesis Structure 1.6 Author Contributions Chapter 2 Long-Term High-Resolution Sediment and Sea Surface Temperature Spatial Patterns in Arctic Nearshore Waters retrived using 30-year Landsat Archive Imagery 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and Methods 2.3.1 Regional Setting 2.3.2 Landsat Images Acquisition and Processing 2.3.3 Landsat Turbidity Retrieval 2.3.4 Transects in the nearshore zone 2.3.5 Wind Data 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Brightness Temperature 2.4.2 Surface Reflectance and Turbidity Mapping 2.4.3 Gradients in the nearshore zone 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusion Appendix A Chapter 3 The Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) - A Multi Sensor Turbidity Algorithm for Arctic Nearshore Environments 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Regional setting 3.3.2 In-situ sampling 3.3.3 Optical data processing 3.3.4 Algorithm tuning 3.3.5 Satellite imagery processing 3.4 Results and Discussion 3.4.1 Turbidity and SPM 3.4.2 ANTA performance 3.4.3 Comparison with the Dogliotti et al., (2015) algorithm 3.4.4 Test and transfer of the ANTA 3.5 Conclusion Chapter 4 Drivers of Turbidity and its Seasonal Variability in the Nearshore Zone of Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (western Canadian Arctic) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Study Area 4.3.2 Satellite Imagery 4.3.3 In-situ data 4.3.4 Reanalysis data 4.4 Results and Discussion 4.4.1 Time Series Analysis 4.4.2 Drivers of turbidity 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5 Synthesis 5.1 Applicability of Remote Sensing Algorithms in the Arctic Nearshore Zone 5.2 Drivers of Nearshore Turbidity 5.3 Spatial Variations of Nearshore Turbidity 5.4 Challenges and Outlook List of Acronyms Bibliography Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: AWI G5-23-95172
    Description / Table of Contents: Throughout the last ~3 million years, the Earth's climate system was characterised by cycles of glacial and interglacial periods. The current warm period, the Holocene, is comparably stable and stands out from this long-term cyclicality. However, since the industrial revolution, the climate has been increasingly affected by a human-induced increase in greenhouse gas concentrations. While instrumental observations are used to describe changes over the past ~200 years, indirect observations via proxy data are the main source of information beyond this instrumental era. These data are indicators of past climatic conditions, stored in palaeoclimate archives around the Earth. The proxy signal is affected by processes independent of the prevailing climatic conditions. In particular, for sedimentary archives such as marine sediments and polar ice sheets, material may be redistributed during or after the initial deposition and subsequent formation of the archive. This leads to noise in the records challenging reliable reconstructions on local or short time scales. This dissertation characterises the initial deposition of the climatic signal and quantifies the resulting archive-internal heterogeneity and its influence on the observed proxy signal to improve the representativity and interpretation of climate reconstructions from marine sediments and ice cores. To this end, the horizontal and vertical variation in radiocarbon content of a box-core from the South China Sea is investigated. The three-dimensional resolution is used to quantify the true uncertainty in radiocarbon age estimates from planktonic foraminifera with an extensive sampling scheme, including different sample volumes and replicated measurements of batches of small and large numbers of specimen. An assessment on the variability stemming from sediment mixing by benthic organisms reveals strong internal heterogeneity. Hence, sediment mixing leads to substantial time uncertainty of proxy-based reconstructions with error terms two to five times larger than previously assumed. A second three-dimensional analysis of the upper snowpack provides insights into the heterogeneous signal deposition and imprint in snow and firn. A new study design which combines a structure-from-motion photogrammetry approach with two-dimensional isotopic data is performed at a study site in the accumulation zone of the Greenland Ice Sheet. The photogrammetry method reveals an intermittent character of snowfall, a layer-wise snow deposition with substantial contributions by wind-driven erosion and redistribution to the final spatially variable accumulation and illustrated the evolution of stratigraphic noise at the surface. The isotopic data show the preservation of stratigraphic noise within the upper firn column, leading to a spatially variable climate signal imprint and heterogeneous layer thicknesses. Additional post-depositional modifications due to snow-air exchange are also investigated, but without a conclusive quantification of the contribution to the final isotopic signature. Finally, this characterisation and quantification of the complex signal formation in marine sediments and polar ice contributes to a better understanding of the signal content in proxy data which is needed to assess the natural climate variability during the Holocene.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xx, 167 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 (publikationsbasierte Dissertation) , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to climate reconstructions 1.1.1 Radiocarbon as a tracer of time 1.1.2 Environmental information stored in snow 1.2 Challenges of climate reconstructions 1.2.1 The particle flux 1.2.2 Modifications after the initial deposition 1.2.3 Sampling and measurement uncertainty 1.3 Objectives and overview of the thesis 1.4 Author contributions to the Manuscripts 2 Age-heterogeneity in marine sediments revealed by three-dimensional high-resolution radio-carbon measurements 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Methods 2.2.1 Study approach 2.2.2 Core setup and sampling 2.2.3 Estimation of the sediment accumulation rate 2.2.4 Estimation of the sediment mixing strength 2.2.5 Estimation of the net sediment displacement 2.2.6 Visual assessment of mixing 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Radiocarbon measurements 2.3.2 Sediment accumulation rate 2.3.3 Sediment mixing estimates 2.3.4 Spatial structure of sediment mixing 2.3.5 Components of age uncertainty 2.4 Discussion 2.4.1 Spatial scale of sediment heterogeneity 2.4.2 Potential implications for palaeo-reconstructions 2.4.3 Suggested 14C measurement strategy 2.5 Conclusions 2.6 Supplementary Material 2.6.1 Supplementary figures and tables 2.6.2 Supplementary table 3 Local-scale deposition of surface snow on the Greenland ice sheet 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data and methods 3.2.1 Study site 3.2.2 SfM photogrammetry 3.2.3 Additional snow height and snowfall data 3.2.4 Estimation of surface roughness 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Relative snow heights from DEMs 3.3.2 Temporal snow height evolution 3.3.3 Day-to-day variations of snowfall 3.3.4 Changes in surface roughness 3.3.5 Implied internal structure of the snowpack 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Changes of surface structures 3.4.2 Implications for proxy data 3.4.3 Implications for snow accumulation 3.4.4 SfM as an efficient monitoring tool 3.5 Conclusions 3.6 Appendix 3.6.1 Additional information 3.6.2 Accuracy estimates and validation 3.6.3 Validation 3.6.4 Overall snow height evolution 3.6.5 Surface roughness 4 A snapshot on the buildup of the stable water isotopic signal in the upper snowpack at east-grip, Geenland ice sheet 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Methods and data 4.2.1 Study site 4.2.2 DEM generation 4.2.3 Isotope measurements 4.2.4 Simulation of the snowpack layering 4.2.5 Expected uncertainty 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Snow height evolution 4.3.2 Mean isotopic records 4.3.3 Combining isotopic data with snow height information 4.3.4 Observed vs. simulated composition 4.3.5 Changes in the isotope signal over time 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Evolution of the snow surface 4.4.2 Two-dimensional view of isotopes in snow 4.4.3 Buildup of the snowpack isotopic signal 4.5 Conclusion 5 General discussion and conclusions 5.1 Heterogeneity in sedimentary archives 5.1.1 Quantifying archive-internal heterogeneity 5.1.2 Relation between signal and heterogeneity 5.2 Methods to improve climate reconstructions 5.3 Implications for climate reconstructions 5.4 Concluding remarks Bibliography A the role of sublimation as a driver of climate signals in the water isotope content of surface snow: laboratory and field experimental results A.1 Introduction A.2 Methods A.2.1 Laboratory experimental methods A.2.2 Field experimental methods A.3 Results A.3.1 Laboratory experiments A.3.2 Field experiments A.4 Discussion A.5 Conclusions B Atmosphere-snow exchange explains surface snow isotope variability Acknowledgments Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: 9783030647773 (e-book)
    In: Water science and technology library, volume 99
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a step-by-step methodology and derivation of deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN), especially for estimating parameters, with back-propagation as well as examples with real datasets of hydrometeorology (e.g. streamflow and temperature) and environmental science (e.g. water quality). Deep learning is known as part of machine learning methodology based on the artificial neural network. Increasing data availability and computing power enhance applications of deep learning to hydrometeorological and environmental fields. However, books that specifically focus on applications to these fields are limited. Most of deep learning books demonstrate theoretical backgrounds and mathematics. However, examples with real data and step-by-step explanations to understand the algorithms in hydrometeorology and environmental science are very rare. This book focuses on the explanation of deep learning techniques and their applications to hydrometeorological and environmental studies with real hydrological and environmental data. This book covers the major deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN) as well as the conventional artificial neural network model.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 204 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030647773 , 978-3-030-64777-3
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library volume 99
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What is Deep Learning? 1.2 Pros and Cons of Deep Learning 1.3 Recent Applications of Deep Learning in Hydrometeorological and Environmental Studies 1.4 Organization of Chapters 1.5 Summary and Conclusion References 2 Mathematical Background 2.1 Linear Regression Model 2.1.1 Simple Linear Regression 2.1.2 Multiple Linear Regression 2.2 Time Series Model 2.2.1 Autoregressive Model (AR) 2.3 Probability Distributions 2.3.1 Normal Distributions 2.3.2 Gamma Distribution 2.4 Exercises References 3 Data Preprocessing 3.1 Normalization 3.2 Data Splitting for Training and Testing 3.3 Exercises 4 Neural Network 4.1 Terminology in Neural Network 4.1.1 Components of Neural Network 4.1.2 Activation Functions 4.1.3 Error and Loss Function 4.1.4 Softmax and One-Hot Encoding 4.2 Artificial Neural Network 4.2.1 Simplest Network 4.2.2 Feedforward and Backward Propagation 4.2.3 Network with Multiple Input and Output Variables 4.2.4 Python Coding of the Simple Network 4.3 Exercises 5 Training a Neural Network 5.1 Initialization 5.2 Gradient Descent 5.3 Backpropagation 5.3.1 Simple Network 5.3.2 Full Neural Network 5.3.3 Python Coding of Network 5.4 Exercises Reference 6 Updating Weights 6.1 Momentum 6.2 Adagrad 6.3 RMSprop 6.4 Adam 6.5 Nadam 6.6 Python Coding of Updating Weights 6.7 Exercises References 7 Improving Model Performance 7.1 Batching and Minibatch 7.2 Validation 7.2.1 Python Coding of K-Fold Cross-Validation 7.3 Regularization 7.3.1 L-Norm Regularization 7.3.2 Dropout 7.3.3 Python Coding of Regularization 7.4 Exercises Reference 8 Advanced Neural Network Algorithms 8.1 Extreme Learning Machine (ELM) 8.1.1 Basic ELM 8.1.2 Generalized ELM 8.1.3 Python Coding 8.2 Autoencoder 8.2.1 Vanilla Autoencoder 8.2.2 Regularized Autoencoder 8.2.3 Python Coding of Regularized AE 8.3 Exercises Reference 9 Deep Learning for Time Series 9.1 Recurrent Neural Network 9.1.1 Backpropagation 9.1.2 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.2 Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) 9.2.1 Basics of LSTM 9.2.2 Example of LSTM 9.2.3 Backpropagation of a Simple LSTM 9.2.4 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.3 Gated Recurrent Unit (GRU) 9.3.1 Basics of GRU 9.3.2 Example of GRU 9.3.3 Backpropagation of a Simple GRU Model 9.4 Exercises References 10 Deep Learning for Spatial Datasets 10.1 Convolutional Neural Network (CNN) 10.1.1 Definition of Convolution 10.1.2 Elements of CNN 10.2 Backpropagation of CNN 10.3 Exercises 11 Tensorflow and Keras Programming for Deep Learning 11.1 Basic Keras Modeling 11.2 Temporal Deep Learning (LSTM and GRU) 11.3 Spatial Deep Learning (CNN) 11.4 Exercises References 12 Hydrometeorological Applications of Deep Learning 12.1 Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.1 Mathematical Description for Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.2 Colorado Monthly Streamflow 12.1.3 Results of Colorado River 12.1.4 Python Coding 12.1.5 Matlab Coding 12.2 Forecasting Daily Temperature with LSTM 12.2.1 Preparing the Data 12.2.2 Methodology 12.2.3 Results 12.2.4 Python Coding 12.3 Exercises References 13 Environmental Applications of Deep Learning 13.1 Remote Sensing of Water Quality Using CNN 13.1.1 Introduction 13.1.2 Study Area and Monitoring 13.1.3 Field Data Collection 13.1.4 Point-Centered Regression CNN (PRCNN) 13.1.5 Results and Discussion 13.1.6 Conclusion 13.1.7 Python Coding References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: 9783030747138 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents the result of an innovative challenge, to create a systematic literature overview driven by machine-generated content. Questions and related keywords were prepared for the machine to query, discover, collate and structure by Artificial Intelligence (AI) clustering. The AI-based approach seemed especially suitable to provide an innovative perspective as the topics are indeed both complex, interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary, for example, climate, planetary and evolution sciences. Springer Nature has published much on these topics in its journals over the years, so the challenge was for the machine to identify the most relevant content and present it in a structured way that the reader would find useful. The automatically generated literature summaries in this book are intended as a springboard to further discoverability. They are particularly useful to readers with limited time, looking to learn more about the subject quickly and especially if they are new to the topics. Springer Nature seeks to support anyone who needs a fast and effective start in their content discovery journey, from the undergraduate student exploring interdisciplinary content, to Master- or PhD-thesis developing research questions, to the practitioner seeking support materials, this book can serve as an inspiration, to name a few examples. It is important to us as a publisher to make the advances in technology easily accessible to our authors and find new ways of AI-based author services that allow human-machine interaction to generate readable, usable, collated, research content.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 364 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030747138 , 978-3-030-74713-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Origin and Evolution of Atmospheres Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 2 Downscaling, Regional Models and Impacts Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 3 Response and Alternative Theories in Climate Change Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 4 Stochastic Weather and Climate Models Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 5 Progress in Climate Modeling Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 6 Maximum Entropy Production (MEP) and Climate Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 7 Astrobiology and Development of Human Civilization Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 8 Planets and Exoplanets, Habitability Sustainability and Time Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 9 Geobiology Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 10 The Fermi Paradox Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 11 The Gaia Hypothesis, Evolution and Ecology Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: 9783030830748 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the analysis of bottom waters flows through underwater channels of the Atlantic Ocean. The study is based on recent observations of the authors, analysis of historical data, numerical modeling, and literature review. For example, studying both the measurements from the World Ocean Circulation experiment in the 1990s and recent measurements reveals the decadal variations of water properties in the ocean. Seawater is cooled at high latitudes, descends to the ocean bottom, and slowly flows to the tropical latitudes and further. This current is slow in the deep basins, but intensifies in the abyssal channels connecting the basins. The current overflows submarine topographic structures and sometimes forms deep cataracts when water descends over slopes by several hundred meters. The flow of Antarctic Bottom Water (AABW) is studied on the basis of CTD sections combined with Lowered Acoustic Doppler Profiling (LADCP) carried out annually, and long-term moored measurements of currents. This book is a collection of oceanographic data, interpretation, and analysis, which can be used by field oceanographers, specialists in numerical modeling, and students who specialize in oceanography.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXX, 483 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030830748 , 978-3-030-83074-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Deep Water Masses of the South and North Atlantic 1.1 General Description 1.2 Global Overturning Circulation 1.3 Mechanisms of the Formation of the Deep and Bottom Waters 1.4 Classifications of Deep and Bottom Waters in the Atlantic 1.5 Upper Circumpolar Water and Upper Circumpolar Deep Water 1.6 North Atlantic Deep Water 1.7 Lower Circumpolar Water and Lower Circumpolar Deep Water, Circumpolar Bottom Water, Southeast Pacific Deep Water, and Warm Deep Water 1.8 Antarctic Bottom Water References 2 General Overview of Abyssal Pathways, and Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 2.1 Propagation of Deep and Bottom Waters as Series of Deep Cataracts 2.2 Propagation of Antarctic Waters in the Abyss of the Atlantic 2.3 Comparison of Spreading of Water Masses Reference 3 Source Regions 3.1 Weddell Sea and Weddell Gyre 3.2 Agulhas and Cape Basins 3.3 Drake Passage, Scotia Sea, and Georgia Basin 3.3.1 General Description and Bottom Topography 3.3.2 Deep and Bottom Water Masses and Previous Concepts of Circulation 3.3.3 Analysis of Recent Data 3.4 Antarctic Bottom Water in the Argentine Basin References 4 Exchange Between the Argentine and Brazil Basins; Abyssal Pathways and Bottom Flow Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 4.1 General Description 4.2 Vema Channel 4.2.1 Topography and General Description 4.2.2 History of Research and Datasets of Long-Term Observations 4.2.3 Deep and Bottom Waters 4.2.4 Section Along the Channel 4.2.5 Structure of the Flow. Sections Across the Channel 4.2.6 Trends in Potential Temperature and Salinity of the Coldest Bottom Water Observed Since 1972 4.2.7 Salinity Variations 4.2.8 Flow in the Southern Part of the Channel at the Boundary with the Argentine Basin 4.2.9 Moored Observations of Velocities in the Channel 4.2.10 Measurements with the Lowered ADCP 4.2.11 Extreme Transport Velocities of Antarctic Bottom Water in the Deep-Water Vema Channel 4.2.12 Flow of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Vema Channel 4.3 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow in the South Atlantic 4.4 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow Through the Vema Channel 4.5 Santos Plateau 4.6 Hunter Channel References 5 Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Brazil Basin 5.1 Brazil Basin 5.2 Flow in the Guiana Basin and Westward Equatorial Channels 5.3 North American Basin 5.4 Eastward Equatorial Channels. The Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.1 Research History 5.4.2 Bottom Topography 5.4.3 Hydrography of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.4 Currents in the Eastern Parts of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.5 Temperature Distributions Along the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.6 Long-Term Variations in Temperature and Salinity 5.4.7 Inflow of Antarctic Bottom Water and Deep Spillway in the Western Part of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.8 Summary 5.4.9 Abyssal Spillway at the Main Sill in the Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.10 Abyssal Spillway at the Nameless Sill of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.11 Modeling of the Flow in the Romanche Fracture Zone References 6 Fractures in the Mid-Atlantic Ridge of the North Atlantic 6.1 Vema Fracture Zone 6.1.1 Bottom Topography 6.1.2 Measurements 6.1.3 Structure of Bottom Flow Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.4 Bottom Water Transport Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.5 Bottom Flow Through the Vema Fracture Zone Based on the Measurements in 2014–2016 6.2 Other Fracture Zones of the Northern Mid-Atlantic Ridge 6.2.1 Strakhov Fracture Zone (Four North Fracture Zone) (3° 53' N) 6.2.2 Bogdanov Fracture Zone (7° 10' N) 6.2.3 Nameless Fracture Zone (7° 28' N) 6.2.4 Vernadsky Fracture Zone (7° 49' N) 6.2.5 Doldrums Fracture Zone (8° N) and a Rift Valley South of It 6.2.6 Arkhangelsky Fracture Zone (9° N) 6.2.7 Ten Degree Fracture Zone (9° 57' N) 6.2.8 Rift Valley South of the Vema Fracture Zone (10° 21' N) 6.2.9 Marathon Fracture Zone (12° 40' N) 6.2.10 Fifteen Twenty Fracture Zone (Cabo Verde Fracture Zone) (15° 16' N) 6.2.11 Kane Fracture Zone (24° N) 6.2.12 Pathways and AABW Transport Through the Northern Part of the MAR 6.3 Modeling of the Flow Through the Northern MAR References . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Eastern Basin Pathways and Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water in the East Atlantic 7.1 General Description 7.2 Mixing Caused by the Barotropic Tide 7.3 Kane Gap 7.4 Angola Basin References 8 Passages in the East Azores Ridge 8.1 General Description 8.2 Discovery Gap 8.3 Western Gap 8.4 Modeling References 9 Flows Through the Northern Channels in the North Atlantic 9.1 Charlie Gibbs Fracture Zone 9.2 Overflow in the Denmark Strait 9.3 Overflow in the Faroe-Shetland Channel 9.4 Overflow in the Gibraltar Strait 9.5 Gravity Current in the Bear Island Trough References Summary of Research and Integrated Conclusions
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...